 












                     hp_DECprint_Supervisor_(DCPS)_for_hp_OpenVMS__
                     User's Guide

                     Order Number: AA-PSVFH-TE


                     January 2003

                     This guide describes how to use the DECprint
                     Supervisor software to print files on PostScript
                     printers.





                     Revision/Update Information: This guide supersedes
                                                  AA-PSVFG-TE.

                     Software Version:            hp DECprint Supervisor
                                                  (DCPS) for hp
                                                  OpenVMS, Version
                                                  2.2

                     Operating System:            hp OpenVMS Alpha,
                                                  Version 6.2, 7.2-2,
                                                  7.3 or 7.3-1
                                                  hp OpenVMS VAX,
                                                  Version 5.5-2, 7.2
                                                  or 7.3




                     Hewlett-Packard Company
                     Palo Alto, California

 






           __________________________________________________________

           © Copyright 1992-2003 Hewlett-Packard Development Company,
           L.P.

           Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP
           and/or its subsidiaries required for possession, use or
           copying. Consistent with FAR 12.211 and 12.212, Commercial
           Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and
           Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to
           the U.S. Government under vendor's standard commercial
           license.

           Neither HP nor any of its subsidiaries shall be liable
           for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained
           herein. The information in this document is provided
           "as is" without warranty of any kind and is subject to
           change without notice. The warranties for HP products
           are set forth in the express limited warranty statements
           accompanying such products. Nothing herein should be
           construed as constituting an additional warranty.

           The DECprint Supervisor documentation set is available on
           CD-ROM.

 













   ________________________________________________________________

                                                           Contents


   Preface..................................................   xiii


   1  Printing Files

         1.1   Overview.....................................    1-1
         1.2   Selecting a Data Type........................    1-2
         1.3   Printing Two-Sided Documents.................    1-2
         1.4   Specifying Landscape and Portrait
               Orientation..................................    1-2
         1.5   Specifying Multiple Copies...................    1-4
         1.6   Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the
               Sheet........................................    1-4
         1.7   Printing a Range of Pages....................    1-5
         1.8   Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping a
               Queue........................................    1-6
         1.9   File Formats.................................    1-6

   2  Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of
      Print Jobs and Queues

         2.1   Displaying Print Jobs........................    2-1
         2.2   Displaying Print Queues......................    2-4
         2.3   Deleting a Print Job.........................    2-5
         2.4   Modifying a Print Job........................    2-6









                                                                iii

 






     3  Specifying Input and Output Trays

           3.1   Selecting the Input Tray.....................    3-1
           3.1.1     Specifying the Type of Media.............    3-2
           3.1.2     Selecting Manual Feed....................    3-2
           3.1.3     Using the Envelope Feeder................    3-3
           3.2   Selecting the Output Tray....................    3-3
           3.2.1     Manually Selecting Output Trays..........    3-4

     4  Printing PostScript Files

           4.1   Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript
                 Files........................................    4-1
           4.2   Printing Files that Contain Text and
                 PostScript...................................    4-1
           4.3   Printing Files Created on Other Operating
                 Systems .....................................    4-2
           4.4   Creating Printer-Specific PostScript
                 Documents....................................    4-3
           4.5   Creating Portable PostScript Documents.......    4-3
           4.6   Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator
                 Errors.......................................    4-4
           4.7   Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript
                 Operators....................................    4-4
           4.7.1     Suppressing PostScript Operators on
                     Desktop Printers.........................    4-4
           4.7.2     Suppressing PostScript Operators on
                     PrintServer Printers.....................    4-5

     5  Printing ANSI Files

           5.1   Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a Print
                 Job..........................................    5-1
           5.2   Emulating ANSI Printers......................    5-1
           5.3   Processing Tabs in ANSI Files................    5-3
           5.4   Emulating Printer Font Cartridges............    5-3
           5.5   Using PostScript Operators to Change Trays...    5-4
           5.6   Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex or
                 Simplex......................................    5-6
           5.7   The LIST Data Type and Translator............    5-6
           5.8   Printing the Euro Symbol.....................    5-7




     iv

 






        6  Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter

              6.1   Improvements to Image Printing...............    6-1
              6.2   Examples of Printing Image Files.............    6-2

        7  Printing PCL Files

              7.1   How PCL Files Are Printed....................    7-1
              7.2   Processing Files in Native PCL Mode..........    7-1
              7.2.1     PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCL
                        Usage ...................................    7-2
              7.3   Processing Files with the PCL Translator.....    7-3
              7.3.1     Using Print Parameters to Modify PCL
                        Print Jobs...............................    7-3
              7.3.1.1     Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter..........    7-3
              7.3.1.2     Print Parameters Ignored for Native
                          PCL....................................    7-4
              7.3.2     Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCL
                        Print Jobs...............................    7-5
              7.3.3     Using a Setup Module.....................    7-6
              7.3.4     How the PCL Translator Differs from that
                        in the LaserJet IID Printer..............    7-7
              7.4   Changing the Input Tray .....................    7-8
              7.5   Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Print
                    Jobs.........................................    7-9
              7.5.1     Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL
                        Setup Modules............................   7-10
              7.5.2     Including Font and Macro Files in PCL
                        Print Jobs...............................   7-10
              7.6   PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL
                    and TBCP.....................................   7-10
              7.6.1     Description of PJL and TBCP..............   7-11
              7.6.2     Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint
                        Supervisor...............................   7-11
              7.6.2.1     Preventing problems with PostScript....   7-11
              7.6.2.2     Problems with PCL......................   7-12
              7.7   Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and
                    Automatic DATA_TYPE Detection................   7-12
              7.8   Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files...........   7-13






                                                                       v

 






     8  Printing Proprinter Files

           8.1   Proprinter Translator Versus the Proprinter
                 Printer......................................    8-1
           8.2   How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes Proprinter
                 Files........................................    8-2
           8.3   Modifying the Default State of the Proprinter
                 Translator...................................    8-3
           8.3.1     Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter
                     Commands.................................    8-6
           8.4   Changing the Printable Area..................    8-8
           8.4.1     Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on the
                     Page.....................................    8-9
           8.4.2     Specifying the Page Size for Proprinter
                     Print Jobs...............................   8-11
           8.5   Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter
                 Print Jobs...................................   8-11
           8.6   Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print
                 Jobs.........................................   8-12

     9  Using the List Data Type

           9.1   Using the List Data Type.....................    9-2
           9.2   Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data
                 Type.........................................    9-2

     10  Using Advanced Page Layouts

           10.1  Printing Two-Sided Documents.................   10-2
           10.2  Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing.....   10-4
           10.3  Specifying Multiple PostScript Files in
                 Duplex Print Jobs............................   10-6
           10.4  Specifying the Physical Sheet Size...........   10-6
           10.5  Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the
                 Sheet........................................   10-7
           10.5.1    Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray Selection
                     Operators................................   10-8
           10.5.2    Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation....   10-8
           10.5.3    Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Files......   10-8
           10.6  Printing a Range of Pages....................   10-9
           10.6.1    Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies....  10-10
           10.6.2    Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs........  10-11



     vi

 






              10.6.3    Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print
                        Jobs.....................................  10-11
              10.7  Specifying the Logical Page Size.............  10-12
              10.8  Changing the Size of the Printed Page........  10-13
              10.8.1    Automatic Scaling When Queue Has
                        PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE Parameters .....  10-13


        11  Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

              11.1  Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs.......   11-1
              11.1.1    Specifying Layup in the Print Job........   11-1
              11.1.2    Specifying Margin Alternation............   11-4
              11.1.3    Specifying and Omitting Borders..........   11-5
              11.1.4    Specifying the First Page Spot to Use....   11-6
              11.1.5    Specifying the Page Grid.................   11-8
              11.1.6    Specifying Sheet Margins.................   11-8
              11.1.7    Specifying the Order of Page Spots to
                        Use......................................   11-9
              11.1.8    Specifying the Number of Pages to Print
                        on Each Side of a Sheet..................  11-12
              11.2  Creating Layup Definition Files..............  11-12
              11.2.1    Sample Layup Definition Files............  11-13
              11.3  Layup Error Notification.....................  11-15

        12  Using Forms in Your PRINT Command

              12.1  Finding Forms on Your System.................   12-1
              12.2  Using Forms with ANSI Files..................   12-2
              12.3  Using Forms with All Types of Files..........   12-3
              12.3.1    Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules
                        (/SETUP).................................   12-3
              12.3.2    Using Forms that Specify the Paper Stock
                        (/STOCK).................................   12-4
              12.4  Using the Default Form Definition............   12-4










                                                                     vii

 






     13  Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

           13.1  What Is a Setup Module?......................   13-1
           13.2  Locating Setup Modules.......................   13-1
           13.2.1    Locating Custom Setup Modules............   13-2
           13.2.2    Displaying the Contents of a Setup
                     Module...................................   13-3
           13.3  Creating a Setup Module......................   13-3
           13.4  Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup
                 Modules......................................   13-4
           13.5  Resolution Setup Modules.....................   13-5

     14  Controlling File Separation Pages

           14.1  Controlling File Separation Pages for All
                 Files .......................................   14-2
           14.2  Controlling File Separation Pages for
                 Individual Files ............................   14-2
           14.3  Displaying the Default Separation Pages for a
                 Queue .......................................   14-2
           14.4  Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to Default
                 Tray On Error ...............................   14-3

     15  Selecting Finishing Options

           15.1  Punching.....................................   15-1
           15.1.1    PUNCH DCL Syntax.........................   15-1
           15.2  Stapling.....................................   15-2
           15.2.1    STAPLE DCL Syntax........................   15-2
           15.2.2    Stapling Positions.......................   15-3
           15.2.3    Output Trays.............................   15-4
           15.2.4    Paper Sizes..............................   15-4
           15.2.5    Stapling Details.........................   15-4

     16  Using the Error Handler to Debug

           16.1  Including the Error Handler in a Print Job...   16-1
           16.2  How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript
                 Environment..................................   16-1
           16.3  Error Handler Example........................   16-2
           16.4  Reading Error Handler Output.................   16-3
           16.5  PostScript Data Output Format................   16-4
           16.6  Determining Where the Error Occurred.........   16-6


     viii

 






        17  Solving Printing Problems

              17.1  Displaying and Saving Error Messages.........   17-1
              17.2  Interpreting Messages........................   17-2
              17.2.1    PostScript Errors........................   17-2
              17.2.2    DECprint Supervisor Messages.............   17-3
              17.2.3    Solving PrintServer Software Problems....   17-4
              17.2.4    Problems with Files Generated on a PC or
                        Macintosh System.........................   17-4
              17.3  Getting Help On Line.........................   17-4

        18  Printer-Specific Information

              18.1  DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] Printer......   18-1
              18.1.1    Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes .......   18-1
              18.1.2    INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE
                        Parameters ..............................   18-1
              18.1.3    ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64
                        Lines....................................   18-1
              18.2  DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer..........   18-2
              18.2.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-2
              18.3  DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printer................   18-2
              18.3.1    Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs When
                        Using AppleTalk .........................   18-2
              18.4  DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer................   18-3
              18.4.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-3
              18.4.1.1    Setup Modules for Resolution
                          Enhancement............................   18-3
              18.4.1.2    Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode.....   18-3
              18.4.1.3    Setup Modules for DECimage-Lite........   18-4
              18.4.1.4    Setup Module Example...................   18-4
              18.4.2    Using the FAX Option.....................   18-4
              18.5  DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printer................   18-6
              18.5.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-7
              18.5.2    Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk
                        Port.....................................   18-8
              18.6  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+..................   18-8
              18.6.1    Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear......   18-8
              18.6.2    Choosing Input Trays.....................   18-8
              18.6.3    Jobs with Errors May Not Complete........   18-9
              18.6.4    Jobs May Not Issue Failure
                        Notifications............................   18-9
              18.7  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps....   18-9


                                                                      ix

 






           18.7.1    Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps......   18-9
           18.8  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40...................  18-10
           18.8.1    Jogging and Collation....................  18-10
           18.9  Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02.......  18-10
           18.9.1    Incorrect Sheet Count....................  18-11
           18.10 HP LaserJet Printers.........................  18-11
           18.10.1   Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text.........  18-11
           18.11 HP LaserJet 4MV..............................  18-11
           18.11.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-11
           18.12 HP LaserJet 5SiMX............................  18-12
           18.12.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-12
           18.12.2   Optional Mailbox.........................  18-12
           18.13 HP LaserJet 2100 and 2200....................  18-12
           18.13.1   Media Size Not Selectable................  18-12
           18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500.......................  18-13
           18.14.1   Media Size Not Selectable................  18-13
           18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP....  18-13
           18.15.1   Stapling.................................  18-13
           18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150..............  18-14
           18.16.1   Optional Mailbox.........................  18-14
           18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+............................  18-14
           18.17.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-14
           18.18 Lexmark Optra S..............................  18-14
           18.18.1   Printing Otherenvelope and Universal
                     Paper Sizes..............................  18-14


     A  System Messages and Error Recovery

           A.1   System Message Overview......................    A-1
           A.1.1     Message Format...........................    A-2
           A.1.2     Severity Level...........................    A-2
           A.2   Message Descriptions.........................    A-3
           A.3   Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messages........   A-45

     B  PRINT Command Qualifiers









     x

 






        C  PRINT Command Parameters

              C.1   PRINT Parameters.............................    C-1
              C.2   Syntax for PRINT Parameters..................    C-3
              C.3   Order of Defaulting for Parameters...........    C-4

        D  SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges


        E  Additional Character Encodings

              E.1   Available Encoding Vectors...................    E-1
              E.2   Examples of Encoding Vectors.................    E-2
              E.3   Using the Additional Encodings...............    E-3
              E.4   Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a
                    Print Job....................................    E-4
              E.5   Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-Party
                    Printers.....................................    E-4

        F  Ordering Additional Documentation

              F.1   hp DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for hp
                    OpenVMS......................................    F-1
              F.2   DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Level 3 Printing
                    Protocol.....................................    F-2
              F.3   PostScript Programming.......................    F-2

        Glossary

        Index


        Examples

              12-1      Including a Form in a PRINT Command......   12-1

              16-1      Sample Error Handler Log File............   16-3

              E-1       Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector......    E-2






                                                                      xi

 






     Figures

           1-2       Landscape Orientation....................    1-4

           15-1      Effects of NUMBER_UP on Stapling.........   15-5

     Tables

           1         DECprint Supervisor Documentation........     xv

           1-1       File Formats.............................    1-7

           2-1       Print Job Status.........................    2-2

           5-1       ANSI Print Qualifiers....................    5-2

           5-2       Operators for Changing Input Trays.......    5-5

           5-3       ANSI Sequences for Printing Simplex or
                     Duplex...................................    5-6

           7-1       PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL Front
                     Panel Settings...........................    7-3

           7-2       PCL-to-PostScript Input Tray Command
                     Mapping..................................    7-9

           8-1       PRINT Parameters that Affect Proprinter
                     Settings.................................    8-3

           8-2       Proprinter Print Attributes..............    8-4

           8-3       PostScript Operators for Changing Input
                     Trays....................................   8-12

           10-1      Values for SIDES Parameter...............   10-2

           10-2      Sheet and Page Size Synonyms.............   10-7

           11-1      Layup Definition File Options............   11-2

           11-2      ALTERNATE Option Values..................   11-4

           11-3      PAGEORDER Option Values..................  11-10

           12-1      DEFINE/FORM Qualifiers for ANSI Files....   12-3

           13-1      Enabling and Disabling DECimage .........   13-4

           13-2      DECimage Setup Modules-Combined
                     Parameters...............................   13-4

           13-3      DECimage Setup Modules-Individual
                     Parameters...............................   13-5

           15-1      Stapling Positions and Paper Feed
                     Direction................................   15-3

           15-2      Output Trays Supported for Stapling......   15-4

           18-1      DEClaser 5100 Printer Page Protection
                     Setup Modules............................   18-7

     xii

 






              B-1       PRINT Command Qualifiers.................    B-1

              C-1       PRINT Parameters.........................    C-2

              D-1       Font Cartridge Equivalents...............    D-1

              D-2       SoftFont Kits............................    D-3






































                                                                    xiii

 











        ________________________________________________________________

                                                                 Preface



        Intended Audience

              The information in this guide is intended for users at all
              levels of experience. It contains step-by-step procedures
              for most printing tasks.

        Document Structure

              This manual contains the following chapters and appen-
              dices:

              o  Chapter 1 explains how to print files.

              o  Chapter 2 describes how to display the status of print
                 jobs and print queues.

              o  Chapter 3 explains how to specify input and output
                 trays for your print job.

              o  Chapter 4 describes printing PostScript files.

              o  Chapter 5 describes printing ANSI files.

              o  Chapter 6 describes printing DDIF image files.

              o  Chapter 7 describes printing PCL files.

              o  Chapter 8 describes printing Proprinter files.

              o  Chapter 9 explains how to print with the LIST data
                 type.

              o  Chapter 10 describes using advanced page layouts.

              o  Chapter 11 explains how to use layup.

              o  Chapter 12 explains how to use forms.

              o  Chapter 13 explains how to use setup modules.

                                                                    xiii

 






           o  Chapter 14 describes specifying file separation pages.

           o  Chapter 15 describes how to select finishing options.

           o  Chapter 16 explains using the error handler to debug
              problems.

           o  Chapter 17 describes how to troubleshoot printing
              errors.

           o  Chapter 18 provides information about using DCPS with
              specific printers.

           o  Appendix A describes system messages issued by DCPS.

           o  Appendix B lists PRINT command qualifiers used for
              controlling print jobs.

           o  Appendix C lists PRINT command parameters used for
              specifying DCPS features and options.

           o  Appendix D describes SoftFont fonts.

           o  Appendix E discusses using encoding vectors.

           o  Appendix F lists available DCPS-related documentation.

           o  The Glossary explains DCPS-related terms.

     Related Documents

           The primary source of information about DCPS is the
           following set of software manuals:












     xiv

 






              Table_1_DECprint_Supervisor_Documentation_________________

              Software Installation Describes how to install DCPS
              Guide

              System Manager's      Describes how system managers, data
              Guide                 center operators and application
                                    programmers can create and manage
                                    DCPS print queues and solve printing
                                    problems.

              User's Guide          Describes how to use DCPS to print
                                    to PostScript printers.

              Software Product      Contains the full list of printers
              Description (SPD      supported by DCPS and additional
              44.15.xx)             information about the features and
              ______________________requirements_of_DCPS_V2.2.__________

              For additional information about HP OpenVMS products and
              services, visit the following World Wide Web address:

              http://www.openvms.compaq.com/

        Reader's Comments

              HP welcomes your comments on this manual. Please send
              comments to either of the following addresses:

              Internet    openvmsdoc@hp.com

              Mail        Hewlett-Packard Company
                          OSSG Documentation Group, ZKO3-4/U08
                          110 Spit Brook Road
                          Nashua NH 03062-2698

        How to Order Additional Documentation

              For information about how to order additional documenta-
              tion, visit the following World Wide Web address:

              http://www.openvms.compaq.com/

              Part numbers for DCPS-related documentation are listed
              in the Ordering Additional Documentation appendix of the
              Software Installation Guide, System Manager's Guide and
              User's Guide.

                                                                      xv

 






     Conventions

           The following conventions are used in this manual:

           Ctrl/x           A sequence such as Ctrl/x indicates that
                            you must hold down the key labeled Ctrl
                            while you press another key or a pointing
                            device button.

           <Return>         In examples, a key name enclosed in a
                            box indicates that you press a key on
                            the keyboard. (In text, a key name is not
                            enclosed in a box.)

                            In the HTML version of this document,
                            this convention appears as brackets,
                            rather than a box.

            . . .           A horizontal ellipsis in examples indi-
                            cates one of the following possibilities:

                            o  Additional optional arguments in a
                               statement have been omitted.

                            o  The preceding item or items can be
                               repeated one or more times.

                            o  Additional parameters, values, or
                               other information can be entered.

           ( )              In command format descriptions,
                            parentheses indicate that you must
                            enclose choices in parentheses if you
                            specify more than one.

           [ ]              In command format descriptions, brackets
                            indicate optional choices. You can choose
                            one or more items or no items. Do not
                            type the brackets on the command line.
                            However, you must include the brackets
                            in the syntax for OpenVMS directory
                            specifications and for a substring
                            specification in an assignment statement.


     xvi

 







              |                In command format descriptions, vertical
                               bars separate choices within brackets
                               or braces. Within brackets, the choices
                               are optional; within braces, at least
                               one choice is required. Do not type the
                               vertical bars on the command line.

              { }              In command format descriptions, braces
                               indicate required choices; you must
                               choose at least one of the items listed.
                               Do not type the braces on the command
                               line.

              bold text        This typeface represents the introduction
                               of a new term. It also represents the
                               name of an argument, an attribute or a
                               reason.

              italic text      Italic text indicates important
                               information, complete titles of
                               manuals or variables. Variables include
                               information that varies in system output
                               (Internal error number), in command
                               lines (/PRODUCER=name) and in command
                               parameters in text (where dd represents
                               the predefined code for the device type).

              UPPERCASE TEXT   Uppercase text indicates a command, the
                               name of a routine, the name of a file, or
                               the abbreviation for a system privilege.

              Monospace text   Monospace type indicates code examples
                               and interactive screen displays.

              -                A hyphen at the end of a command format
                               description, command line or code line
                               indicates that the command or statement
                               continues on the following line.

              numbers          All numbers in text are assumed to
                               be decimal unless otherwise noted.
                               Nondecimal radixes-binary, octal or
                               hexadecimal-are explicitly indicated.

                                                                    xvii

 









                                                                       1
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                          Printing Files



        1.1 Overview

              To print files, you need to do the following:

              1. Issue the PRINT command

              2. Specify the name of the print queue

              3. Add any command qualifiers you want

              4. Include the name of the file you want to print

              For example:

              $ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=POSTSCRIPT SUMMER.PS

              This example specifies:

              o  Queue name (MYPRINTER)

              o  PostScript data type

              o  File name (SUMMER.PS)

              The following sections show you some of the techniques you
              can use to print custom documents.









                                                      Printing Files 1-1

 






     1.2 Selecting a Data Type

           To specify the data type of your print job, use the /DATA_
           TYPE=parameter qualifier. For example:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=ASCII

           You can choose from any of the following data type
           parameters:

              ASCII
              ANSI
              DDIF
              List
              PCL
              PostScript
              Proprinter
              ReGIS
              Tek4014

           For more information about the various data types, see
           Chapters 4 through Chapter 9.

     1.3 Printing Two-Sided Documents

           Some PostScript printers can print on two sides of each
           sheet of paper, also known as duplex printing. You can
           print a document on both sides of the paper if you include
           the SIDES=2 parameter in the PRINT command.

           For example:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 MYFILE.PS

           If the printer does not support two-sided printing, your
           print job is terminated and the following message is
           displayed:

           DCPS-E-DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printing

           See Figure 1-1 for an example of a two-sided document.

     1.4 Specifying Landscape and Portrait Orientation

           To specify the page orientation, use the PAGE_ORIENTATION
           parameter with either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE keyword.
           For example:

     1-2 Printing Files

 






              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE MYFILE.TXT

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Do not use this parameter with PostScript and DDIF
                files because these types of files already contain
                printing instructions that include orientation. If
                you include the PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter for these
                types of files, your specification is ignored and
                the print job is printed following the instructions
                in the file.

                _____________________________________________________

              Figure 1-1 shows pages printed in portrait orienta-
              tion. For advanced methods of printing documents, see
              Chapter 10.




























                                                      Printing Files 1-3

 






           Figure 1-2 shows a page printed in landscape orienta-
           tion.



     1.5 Specifying Multiple Copies

           To make multiple copies of a file, use any of the
           following commands:

           o  PRINT/JOB_COUNT=n

              Prints the entire job n times.

           o  PRINT/COPIES=n

              Prints each file n times.

           o  PRINT/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT=n

              Prints each sheet of the print job n times. Copies are
              not collated, unless you print to the COLLATOR tray of
              a printer that has such a tray.

              The SHEET_COUNT parameter allows you to print multiple
              copies of each sheet of paper in the print job. This
              method of making copies will save print job processing
              time. With /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT, the print files
              must be processed each time they are printed. With
              the SHEET_COUNT parameter, each sheet is duplicated
              n times after the data on the page has been processed
              once by the software.

     1.6 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet

           You can print more than one page on each side of a sheet
           of paper. This technique saves paper and can also be used
           to provide customized printed documents. For example, you
           can print four pages on each side of a sheet, as shown in
           Figure 1-3.

           Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINT command to
           specify the number of pages to print on each side of a
           sheet of paper. For example:

     1-4 Printing Files

 






              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PS

              To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint Supervisor
              software changes the size of the logical pages in the
              document to fit in the area on the physical sheet. This
              change does not affect the relationship of the page height
              to the page width.

        1.7 Printing a Range of Pages

              You can print a specific page or range of pages in a print
              job. This feature may be useful, for example, when you
              continue a large print job that was terminated in the
              middle of printing.

              To print only a specific range of pages from the print
              job, include the PAGE_LIMIT parameter in the PRINT
              command. Include one or two page numbers to specify
              the range of pages. For example, to print only the 50th
              through the 100th page of a print job, enter the following
              command:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PS

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Quotation marks are required when the parameter
                value contains a comma, as in this PAGE_LIMIT
                parameter.

                _____________________________________________________

              The pages you specify do not correspond to the page
              numbers in the document. They represent the number of
              pages that have been printed. You can print the last
              portion of this same document by using the following
              command:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS

              This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software
              to start printing at the 50th page in the document, and
              continue to the end of the document.


                                                      Printing Files 1-5

 






           You can print the first part of a document by using the
           following command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS

           This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to
           print the first 50 pages of the document.

           When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print
           job completes when the upper-limit value is reached.
           Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT parameter and
           do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a file
           trailer page for the file that was cut off. The rest of
           the data for that file and for any subsequent files for
           that print job is ignored.

           The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting or
           ending page, is 999999.

     1.8 Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping a Queue

           If DCPS has problems communicating with a printer when
           processing a STOP/QUEUE/NEXT or DELETE/ENTRY request, it
           may take several minutes before DCPS considers the request
           completed. Eventually, however, it will stop waiting for
           a response from the printer that the current job has been
           cancelled.

     1.9 File Formats

           If you are copying your file from a system running another
           operating system to an OpenVMS system and then printing
           it, the resulting file must have one of the OpenVMS file
           formats listed in Table 1-1.











     1-6 Printing Files

 






              Table_1-1_File_Formats____________________________________

              OpenVMS Record
              Format____________Record_Attributes_______________________

              Stream            Any

              Variable length   None

              Undefined         Any

              Fixed format      None

              Indexed           Any

              Relative__________Any_____________________________________

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                When you copy files with binary data, such as images
                and fonts, make sure you copy the file in binary
                mode. For example, use binary mode in FTP or use
                COPY /B from a Windows system.

                _____________________________________________________

              DCPS allows you to print files that utilize an indexed,
              relative or sequential file organization.

              Indexed and relative files are accessed sequentially,
              by their primary index and relative record number
              respectively. This is consistent with the TYPE command.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Indexed and relative files frequently contain binary
                data. Attempting to print files containing such
                unprintable binary data can give unpredictable and
                probably undesirable results.

                _____________________________________________________




                                                      Printing Files 1-7

 









                                                                       2
        ________________________________________________________________

        Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and
                                                                  Queues



              You can display, delete, and modify your print jobs using
              the commands described in this chapter. You can also list
              the print jobs in the queue and the status of your print
              jobs.

        2.1 Displaying Print Jobs

              The SHOW ENTRY command allows you to display information
              about your print jobs.

              If you want to see the status of a particular print job,
              include the job number in the SHOW ENTRY command. For
              example:

        $ SHOW ENTRY 96

        Entry        Jobname         Username   Blocks  Status
        -----        --------        --------   ------  ------
        96           MEMO            MSMITH     114     Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00
            On idle printer queue LP40$A14

              You can get more information about the print job if you
              include the /FULL qualifier. For example:











 Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-1

 






     $ SHOW ENTRY 96/FULL

     Entry        Jobname         Username  Blocks  Status
     -----        --------        --------  ------  ------
     96           MEMO            MSMITH    114     Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00
         On idle printer queue LPS40$A14
         Submitted 27-JAN-2003 10:36 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT) /NOTIFY
         /PARAM=("DATA=AUTOMATIC") /PRIORITY=100
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MEMO.TXT;1
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]FILE_SNIFF.TXT;1
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]INFOPLAN.TXT;1
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MONTHLY_REPORT.TXT;2
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]SPECIAL_SEPARATION_PAGES.TXT;1
         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]VTPW.TXT;1

           The /FULL qualifier displays the status of the print job
           in the queue. The print job in the example is holding,
           because it was submitted with the /AFTER qualifier to
           delay starting the print job. The print job status may be
           any one of those listed in Table 2-1.

           Table_2-1_Print_Job_Status________________________________

           Status___________Meaning__________________________________

           Printing         On a local printer, the print job is
                            currently printing. On a network printer,
                            the print job may be printing, or a job
                            from another system may be printing.

           Pending          The print job is waiting to be printed.
                            Other print jobs are ahead of this job in
                            the queue, or the job is waiting for the
                            appropriate type of media to be mounted
                            in the printer.

           Holding          The print job is waiting to print
                            because it was submitted with the /AFTER
                            qualifier or the /HOLD qualifier, or the
                            SET ENTRY/HOLD command was entered for
                            the job. To release the print job for
                            printing, use the /RELEASE qualifier in
                            the SET ENTRY command (see Section 2.4).


     2-2 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

 






              Table_2-1_(Cont.)_Print_Job_Status________________________

              Status___________Meaning__________________________________

              Stalled          The job started, but is now stalled,
                               possibly due to a paper jam or tray out
                               of paper.

              Aborting         The job has been aborted with a DELETE
                               /ENTRY command. (See Section 2.3 for more
                               information.)

              Retained         The print job has completed but it is
              _________________being_retained_in_the_queue._____________

              You can display all your print jobs by entering the SHOW
              ENTRY command without specifying the print job number. For
              example:

        $ SHOW ENTRY

        Entry        Jobname         Username  Blocks  Status
        -----        --------        --------  ------  ------
        96           MEMO            MSMITH    114     Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00
            On busy printer queue LP40$A14
        75           AUTO            MSMITH    368     Pending
            On busy printer queue PS40$A10
        68           BOOK_LIST       MSMITH     78     Printing
            On busy printer queue PS40$A10

              You can use the following qualifiers with the SHOW ENTRY
              command to display print jobs:

              __________________________________________________________
              SHOW_ENTRY_Qualifier_______Displays_._._._________________

              /BRIEF                     A short summary about one or
                                         more print jobs. This is the
                                         default display if you do not
                                         include the /FULL qualifier.

              /BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,...Print jobs that have the status
                                         you specify for the keyword.
                                         The status types are listed in
                                         Table 2-1.

 Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-3

 





           __________________________________________________________
           SHOW_ENTRY_Qualifier_______Displays_._._._________________

           /FILES                     The file names of the files in
                                      each print job displayed.

           /FULL                      Complete information about the
                                      print job, including job status
                                      and files to be printed.

           /USER_NAME=user-name       The print jobs for the user you
           ___________________________specify._______________________

     2.2 Displaying Print Queues

           You can display a list of all of your print jobs in a
           queue and the status of the print queue, by using the SHOW
           QUEUE command.

              ________________________Note ________________________

              Remote nodes in the network may have print queues
              sending jobs to the same printer, but queues on
              those nodes are not displayed.

              _____________________________________________________

           To see all of your print jobs in a queue, enter the SHOW
           QUEUE command followed by the name of the print queue:

     $ SHOW QUEUE LPS40$A10

     Printer queue LPS40$A10, on LEVEL::A10, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
     (stock=DEFAULT)
     Entry        Jobname         Username  Blocks  Status
     -----        --------        --------  ------  ------
     96           MEMO            MSMITH    114     Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00

           If you wish to see print jobs belonging to all users,
           and you have sufficient privileges to do so, use the
           SHOW QUEUE/ALL command.

           You can list all the queues in the system by entering the
           SHOW QUEUE command with no queue name.


     2-4 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

 






              You can use the following qualifiers to specify the type
              of information to display about a queue or queues:

              __________________________________________________________
              SHOW_QUEUE_Qualifier_______Displays_._._._________________

              /ALL_JOBS                  All the print jobs in a queue.
                                         If you do not include this
                                         qualifier, the SHOW QUEUE
                                         command displays your print
                                         jobs in the queue.

              /BRIEF                     A short summary about one or
                                         more print jobs. This is the
                                         default display if you do not
                                         include the /FULL qualifier.

              /BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,...Print jobs that have the status
                                         you specify for the keyword.
                                         The status types are listed in
                                         Table 2-1.

              /FILES                     The file names of the files in
                                         each print job displayed.

              /FORM                      Information about the
                                         forms that are defined (see
                                         Chapter 12).

              /FULL                      Information about the print
                                         job, including job status and
                                         files to be printed.

              /SUMMARY                   A short message about the
                                         status of the queue and the
              ___________________________print_jobs_in_the_queue._______

        2.3 Deleting a Print Job

              You can remove a print job from the queue by using the
              DELETE/ENTRY command. If the print job is being printed,
              this command terminates printing and deletes the print
              job.

              If the system manager sets up the queue to retain print
              jobs, your print job remains in the queue after you use
              the DELETE/ENTRY command. In this case, use the DELETE
              /ENTRY command twice to remove the job from the queue.

 Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-5

 






           Include the job number of the print job to be deleted
           after the DELETE/ENTRY command. For example:

           $ DELETE/ENTRY=96

           Job MEMO (queue LP40$A10, entry 96) terminated with error status
           %JBC-F-JOBDELETE, job deleted before execution
           %DELETE, entry 96 aborting or deleted

     2.4 Modifying a Print Job

           You can modify a print job that has not started printing.
           You can change the queue for the print job, or any of
           the print job attributes that you specified in the PRINT
           command. You cannot modify a print job that has begun
           printing.

           Use the SET ENTRY command to modify the status, queue, or
           attributes of a print job. Specify the job number and any
           qualifiers in the SET ENTRY command. The following example
           shows how to change the print queue for print job number
           318. To specify the new queue, use the SET ENTRY command
           with the /REQUEUE qualifier.

     $ PRINT *.MSG/AFTER=17:00/QUEUE=PS40$A10

     Job AUTO (queue PS40$A10, entry 318) holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00

     $ SET ENTRY 318/REQUEUE=LP40$A10
     $ SHOW QUEUE LP40$A10

     Printer queue LP40$A10, on MOON::A10::, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
     (stock=DEFAULT)
     Entry          Jobname         Username  Blocks  Status
     -------        --------        --------  ------  ------
     318            AUTO            MSMITH     368    Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00

           Use the SET ENTRY command to release a print job that is
           Holding. Include the /RELEASE qualifier in the SET ENTRY
           command to release the print job. For example:

           $ SET ENTRY 318/RELEASE

           %DCPS-I-JOBSTART, Job AUTO (queue LP40$A10, entry 318) started
           on LP40$A10

     2-6 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues

 






              You can change the qualifiers and print parameters for
              a print job using SET ENTRY. Include the job number and
              the new qualifier or parameter values in the SET ENTRY
              command.

              If your PRINT command included more than one print
              parameter, you must include them all in the SET ENTRY
              command. You cannot modify only one of the print
              parameters without affecting the others that you included
              in the PRINT command. If you modify only one parameter,
              the others are reset to default values. For example, you
              could submit a print job with the following command:

        $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.RPT
        Job MYFILE (queue PS40$A10, entry 329)

              To modify the page orientation setting for this print job,
              you must include the SIDES parameter, as well:

        $ SET ENTRY 329/PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT)
        $ SHOW ENTRY 329/FULL

        Entry        Jobname         Username  Blocks  Status
        -----        --------        --------  ------  ------
        329          MYFILE          MSMITH       4    Holding until 27-JAN-2003 17:00
            On Printer queue PS40$A10
            Submitted 27-JAN-2003 11:50 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT) /NOTIFY
            /PARAMETERS=("SIDES=2","PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT") /PRIORITY=100
            File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MYFILE.RPT;2
















 Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-7

 









                                                                       3
        ________________________________________________________________

                                       Specifying Input and Output Trays



        3.1 Selecting the Input Tray

              Some printers have more than one input tray. You can
              use different trays for various types of media, such as
              transparencies, envelopes, and paper.

              Some printers support special trays, such as manual-feed
              input slots and envelope feeders. To list the input trays
              supported by your printer, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER
              INPUT_TRAY command and select the subtopic that describes
              your printer.

              Use the INPUT_TRAY parameter in the PRINT command to
              select the input tray from which the media is drawn for
              the print job.

              For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY=TOP MYFILE.PS

              Some printers do not support multiple input trays. If you
              specify /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY on print jobs for these
              types of printers, your print job is terminated and the
              following message is displayed:

              NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-name

              Selecting the wrong input tray with certain printers
              terminates the print job. When you specify an input tray
              that is not supported by the printer, the following error
              message is displayed:

              INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name


                                   Specifying Input and Output Trays 3-1

 






           Some printers have optional input trays. If you specify
           an optional input tray that is not currently available on
           the printer, the job is terminated and the following error
           message is displayed:

           INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

     3.1.1 Specifying the Type of Media

           Use the INPUT_TRAY parameter to specify an input tray that
           has the required media loaded in the tray.

           You can also specify a paper size with the SHEET_SIZE or
           PAGE_SIZE parameter.

           For example:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=TOP) FILE.PS

           If you specify both the input tray and the paper size, the
           specified input tray must contain the requested paper size
           for the job to print, or the print job is terminated and
           the following error message is displayed:

           SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name tray in printer-name

           For example:

           SIZNOTRAY, A4 size medium is not in the TOP tray in PS40$A14

     3.1.2 Selecting Manual Feed

           To select the manual feed slot, use the parameter INPUT_
           TRAY=MANUAL_FEED. You must also specify the paper size
           with the SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE parameter. For example:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED) FILE.PS

           If you omit the page size from a print job that specified
           manual feed, your print job terminates and the following
           error message is displayed:

           NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Manual_Feed

           When you specify manual feed, job separation pages are
           printed on the paper that is loaded in the printer's
           default input tray. Then the input tray is changed to
           MANUAL_FEED for printing the file.

     3-2 Specifying Input and Output Trays

 






        3.1.3 Using the Envelope Feeder

              You must specify the paper size with the SHEET_SIZE or
              PAGE_SIZE parameter when you specify the ENVELOPE_FEEDER
              input tray. Otherwise, your print job terminates and the
              following message is displayed:

              NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Envelope_Feeder

        3.2 Selecting the Output Tray

              Some PostScript printers have multiple output trays.

              You can list the output trays available with your type of
              printer by entering the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER OUTPUT_TRAY
              command and selecting the subtopic that describes your
              printer.

              You can select the output tray for print jobs destined
              for these printers using the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter in the
              PRINT command.

              For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=OUTPUT_TRAY=SIDE MYFILE.PS

              If you select an unsupported output tray, the print job
              may be printed and sent to another output tray, and the
              following message displayed:

              TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray on printer-name

              Alternatively, your print job may be terminated and the
              following message displayed:

              NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer-name

              Some printers have optional output trays. If you specify
              an optional output tray that is not currently available
              on the printer, your output will be directed to a similar
              tray if one exists. If there is no similar output tray,
              the job is terminated and the following error message is
              displayed:

              OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

                                   Specifying Input and Output Trays 3-3

 






     3.2.1 Manually Selecting Output Trays

           If you manually select the output trays on your printer,
           you cannot change trays with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.
           You must select the output tray by using the controls on
           the printer. Refer to the operator's guide to your printer
           for information about output tray selection.

           If you specify the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter for this type
           of printer, be sure that the appropriate output tray is
           selected manually. Otherwise, the print job is terminated
           and the following message may be displayed:

           OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does not
           match requested output-tray on printer-name






























     3-4 Specifying Input and Output Trays

 









                                                                       4
        ________________________________________________________________

                                               Printing PostScript Files



        4.1 Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript Files

              The PostScript file created by your application modifies
              the state of the PostScript interpreter in the printer.
              The DECprint Supervisor software resets the printer state
              for each new print job, but not for each file in the
              print job. Therefore, files that are meant to be printed
              together, such as a data file with an application prologue
              or a font, will print successfully. But in a print job
              with a set of unrelated files, the state of the printer
              after completing printing of a file may adversely affect
              the printing of subsequent files.

              This can cause PostScript errors and unexpected changes in
              the appearance of the printed documents. If you need to
              print multiple PostScript files, or multiple copies of a
              PostScript file, submit them using separate print jobs.

        4.2 Printing Files that Contain Text and PostScript

              DECprint Supervisor software can detect PostScript data
              after the text at the beginning of the file. This is
              useful for printing PostScript files sent to you by an
              electronic messaging system that places text in front of
              the PostScript file.

              For example, if you receive a message in a software
              utility that creates ANSI text, and that message includes
              a PostScript file, you can print the file without
              specifying the data type.





                                           Printing PostScript Files 4-1

 






     4.3 Printing Files Created on Other Operating Systems

           When creating PostScript files on systems running other
           operating systems for eventual printing through DECprint
           Supervisor for OpenVMS software, you should keep the
           following points in mind:

           1. Use of Printer-Specific Code

              Windows and Macintosh printer drivers often create
              PostScript code that is specific to a printer and to
              the set of printer options for which you configured
              the driver (for example, printer brand and model,
              trays available, whether the printer can perform duplex
              printing, how much memory is available in the printer,
              etc.). If you later attempt to print such a file on a
              different type of printer or a printer with a different
              set of options, the file may not print correctly.

              Try to create a file that is specific to the printer
              and printer options that you ultimately intend to use.
              Alternatively, attempt to select a generic printer,
              optimized for portability, with few options, to
              increase your chances of being able to print the
              file on multiple printer configurations. (Also see
              Section 4.5.)

           2. Use of Feature-Specific PostScript Code

              Windows and Macintosh applications and printer drivers
              often create PostScript code that is specific to a set
              of printer features that you select when you create
              the file (for example, which tray to use, the number
              of uncollated copies, simplex or duplex, etc.). When
              your PostScript file contains explicit requests for
              such features, the corresponding DCPS parameters (for
              example, INPUT_TRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, SHEET_COUNT, SIDES,
              etc.) have no impact on your print job.

              If your application and printer driver allow you to
              default certain settings (for example, the input tray)
              to the current printer setting, do so and then specify
              the desired setting using a DCPS parameter. Otherwise,
              use your application or driver to specify the feature
              and omit the corresponding DCPS parameter.

           3. Assumptions about Printer-Specific Setup

     4-2 Printing PostScript Files

 






                 The physical setup of a printer can vary from printer
                 to printer, and over time. For example, you might
                 create a PostScript file to print to the top input
                 tray because you know that the top tray on your printer
                 contains yellow paper and you want to print on yellow
                 paper. However, if you then send the file to another
                 printer of the same brand and model, or even the same
                 printer at a later date, the top tray may contain other
                 media.

                 For printer features that DCPS does not allow you to
                 specify and that your application and printer driver
                 also do not allow you to specify (for example, media
                 type), verify that the physical setup of the target
                 printer is as you desire before sending your file to
                 it. If not, you may have to recreate the file for the
                 reasons given in items number 1 and 2 above.

        4.4 Creating Printer-Specific PostScript Documents

              Each model of PostScript printer recognizes some unique
              operators that are not part of the standard PostScript
              language. The PostScript extensions for each PostScript
              printer may be described in the printer owner's manual.

              Many commercial applications, and printer drivers on
              PC and Macintosh systems, allow you to specify printer
              features that depend on printer-specific extensions (see
              Section 4.3). For example, you can create a PostScript
              file that requires the use of the top input tray on
              a particular printer. If you try to print the file
              on another type of printer, the file may print from a
              different tray, or may even fail to print.

        4.5 Creating Portable PostScript Documents

              To create documents that are independent of printer type,
              make sure the application that you use to create the
              PostScript file has printer setup options that do not
              conflict with the PRINT parameters that you specify with
              the DCPS software. Use option settings to ensure that your
              PostScript document is as portable as possible.



                                           Printing PostScript Files 4-3

 






           To ensure that your application creates documents that
           are printable on the widest variety of printers, select
           "printer's default" for all printer-specific options such
           as input and output trays. Or, select a generic printer or
           one without duplex printing or multiple input trays. Then,
           choose the feature in your application that allows you to
           print to a file.

     4.6 Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator Errors

           If you try to print a file that contains a PostScript
           extension operator that is not defined in your printer,
           you get the following error message:

           %DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command is operator

           Operator is the PostScript extension operator that is not
           recognized by the printer.

           You may be able to resolve this problem by doing the
           following:

           1. Re-create the PostScript file from the application.
              Examine the print setup options and disable any options
              that are not generic to all PostScript printers (see
              Section 4.5).

           2. If you must print the PostScript file that fails, see
              Section 4.7 for information about modifying the print
              job.

     4.7 Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript Operators

           The DCPS software provides example files that show how
           to suppress many commonly used PostScript extension
           operators.

     4.7.1 Suppressing PostScript Operators on Desktop Printers

           If you are using a desktop printer, you can create a
           setup module to suppress the failing PostScript operator.
           The following example file is distributed with the DCPS
           software:

           SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]LPS$STATUSDICT.PS

     4-4 Printing PostScript Files

 






              This file is an assortment of PostScript routines. You
              can edit the file and copy routines that solve problems
              with specific PostScript operators. The new file that you
              create can be specified as a setup module and printed with
              the file that failed.

              See the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information
              about setup modules.

        4.7.2 Suppressing PostScript Operators on PrintServer Printers

              The PS_SUPPLEMENT file can be loaded into the PrintServer
              printer so that many unrecognized PostScript extension
              operators are ignored. If you have PrintServer Software
              Version 4.2 or later, this file is automatically
              downloaded to your printer.





























                                           Printing PostScript Files 4-5

 









                                                                       5
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                     Printing ANSI Files



              When you submit ANSI or ASCII text files for printing on
              PostScript printers, they are translated to PostScript.
              The DECprint Supervisor software recognizes the full
              range of ANSI escape sequences for all levels of the ANSI
              printing protocol. Refer to the Digital ANSI-Compliant
              Printing Protocol Level 3 Programming Reference Manual for
              more information about the DIGITAL ANSI-compliant printing
              protocol and the functions of the ANSI translator.

        5.1 Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a Print Job

              ANSI files are handled differently from other types
              of files. When you print more than one ANSI file in a
              print job, the printer commands in the first file are not
              passed on to the second file. You must use an ANSI setup
              module to pass printing attributes, or include the print
              attributes in each file.

        5.2 Emulating ANSI Printers

              If your site has changed the printing system from ANSI
              printers to PostScript printers, you can take advantage
              of the DECprint Supervisor software to print ANSI files
              that were created for ANSI printers on your new PostScript
              printers.

              The DECprint Supervisor software automatically handles
              ANSI file printing in a way that emulates printing on ANSI
              printers. If you need to modify the way that ANSI files
              are printed, use any of the qualifiers in Table 5-1 to
              enhance your printed document.




                                                 Printing ANSI Files 5-1

 






     Table_5-1_ANSI_Print_Qualifiers_________________________________

     To modify this        Use this
     aspect_._._.__________qualifier_._._.__To_get_this_effect_._._._

     Form feeds, which     /NOFEED          Suppress automatic form
     are usually inserted                   feed insertion.
     into the ANSI
     document at the
     bottom of each page

     Header lines on each  /HEADER[1]       Print the file name, page
     page                                   number, and file creation
                                            date at the top of each
                                            page.

     Margin, header, and   /PASSALL         Preserve the state of
     tab processing                         the file through printing
                                            without imposing margins,
                                            headers, or tab emulation
                                            on the printed document.

     Single-spaced         /SPACE[1]        Insert a blank line after
     documents                              each text line, providing
                                            double-spaced output.

     Expansion of tabs     /PARAMETERS=[NO]TControl how tabs
     during processing                      are processed (see
                                            Section 5.3).

     Fonts available for   /PARAMETERS=FONTSSpecify one or more
     printing              USED             SoftFont modules
                                            that include software
                                            fonts that emulate
                                            font cartridges (see
                                            Section 5.4).

     Formatting of text    /FORM            Specify the form
     by the default form                    definition assumed for
     specified for the                      the print job.
     queue
     [1]When_you_include_this_qualifier,_the_default_form_for_the____

     queue is applied to the print job. See Chapter 12 for more
     information.
     ________________________________________________________________

     5-2 Printing ANSI Files

 






        5.3 Processing Tabs in ANSI Files

              The [NO]TAB parameter allows you to emulate the ways in
              which the ANSI printer handles tab characters. When you
              include the TAB parameter in your print job, the action is
              equivalent to using the SET TERMINAL/TAB command on the
              ANSI printer.

              The [NO]TAB parameter is useful when you are not printing
              10 characters per inch, or when ANSI tabs are defined
              in inches, not by character position. If you change the
              character size, tab sizes do not change when you specify
              PARAMETERS=TAB. If you expect tabs to change size when
              characters change size, specify /PARAMETERS=NOTAB.

              When you specify [NO]TAB, the software invokes the default
              form, DCPS$DEFAULT for your job. Refer to Chapter 12 for
              more information about the default form definition.

              By default, the DECprint Supervisor software processes
              tab characters so that tab stops are set at every eight
              character positions (/PARAMETERS=NOTAB).

              The system manager can change this operation as a queue
              default so that you do not have to specify it on the PRINT
              command line. Different settings of this parameter may be
              established as queue defaults for different generic queues
              driving the same printer. In this way, you can access
              either method of tab expansion when you submit print jobs
              from application programs that allow you to specify the
              queue name but not the print parameters.

        5.4 Emulating Printer Font Cartridges

              Your document may require font cartridges in order to
              print on ANSI printers. If you want to print the document
              on a PostScript printer, you can use the FONTS_USED
              parameter to emulate the ANSI printer font cartridges.
              The files must contain escape sequences that call the
              fonts.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                These font modules are not a standard part of the
                DECprint Supervisor software. Your system manager
                can obtain SoftFont kits separately and then install

                                                 Printing ANSI Files 5-3

 






              them in the font library. (The SoftFont kits have
              been retired and are no longer available from HP.)
              To list the font modules that have been installed on
              your system, use the following command:

              $ LIBRARY /LIST /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:CPS$ANSI_FONTS

              If this file does not exist, no font modules have
              been installed.

              _____________________________________________________

           To include one or more font modules in your print job, use
           the
           /PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED qualifier in the PRINT command.
           For example, if you used to print your file on an ANSI
           printer with the ITC Souvenir cartridge installed, enter
           the following command to print it on a PostScript printer
           with the DECprint Supervisor software:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(FONTS_USED=ITC_SOUV_MCS) file-spec

              ________________________Note ________________________

              If you include two or more cartridge names, be sure
              to place quotation marks around them. For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="FONTS_USED=(ITC_SOUV_MCS,BARCODE)" file-spec

              _____________________________________________________

           See Appendix D for a list of the available SoftFont kits.

     5.5 Using PostScript Operators to Change Trays

           With the DCPS software, you can print ANSI documents that
           were created for printing on media from a specific input
           tray.

           The DCPS software recognizes escape sequences in ANSI
           files that select the printer input tray. If you print an
           ANSI file that is set up to select an input tray that does
           not exist on your printer, the print job fails and you
           receive the following error message:

           %DCPS-W-RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds -
           offending command is setpapertray.

     5-4 Printing ANSI Files

 






              If this happens, you can create a PostScript setup module
              to submit with the print job, and redefine the input tray
              settings. For example, you could create a PostScript setup
              module using the following PostScript operators:

              /settoptray {statusdict begin 2 setpapertray end} def

              /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def

              This example selects the printer tray 2 for the top
              tray (settoptray), and tray 1 for the bottom tray
              (setbottomtray). When you create a PostScript setup
              module, use the operator listed in Table 5-2 that
              corresponds to the input tray specified in the ANSI
              file. Select a value for the setpapertray argument that
              corresponds to an input tray on your printer. Refer to
              your printer owner's manual for the input tray numbers
              supported by your printer.

              Submit the setup module with your ANSI document using
              the PRINT command. For example, to use the setup module
              TRAYDEF.PS to print the file OVERHEAD.TXT, enter the
              following command:

              $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=TRAYDEF OVERHEAD.TXT

              The ANSI input tray selection sequences and the PostScript
              operators associated with each of them are listed in
              Table 5-2. The translator uses the default setpapertray
              value if no other value has been defined. A setup module
              with a different value overrides the default value.

              Table_5-2_Operators_for_Changing_Input_Trays______________

                               User-Defined     Default setpapertray
              ANSI_Sequence____Operators________Value___________________

              CSI ! v          [none]           [none]

              CSI 0 ! v        [none]           [none]

              CSI 1 ! v        settoptray       1

              CSI 2 ! v        setbottomtray    2

              CSI 3 ! v        setlcittray      3

                                                 Printing ANSI Files 5-5

 






           Table_5-2_(Cont.)_Operators_for_Changing_Input_Trays______

                            User-Defined     Default setpapertray
           ANSI_Sequence____Operators________Value___________________

           CSI 4 ! v        setmanualfeedtray0

           CSI_99_!_v_______setmanualfeedtray0_______________________

     5.6 Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex or Simplex

           To specify one- or two-sided printing, add ANSI escape
           sequences to your file. The ANSI duplex sequences are
           listed in Table 5-3. Replace the sp value in the table
           with a blank character space in your ANSI file.

           Table_5-3_ANSI_Sequences_for_Printing_Simplex_or_Duplex___

           ANSI_Sequence____Duplex_Operation_________________________

           CSI 0 sp x       true simplex normal

           CSI 1 sp x       true simplex normal

           CSI 2 sp x       true simplex tumbled

           CSI 3 sp x       true duplex normal

           CSI 4 sp x       true duplex tumbled

           CSI 5 sp x       duplex master normal

           CSI 6 sp x       duplex master tumbled

           CSI 7 sp x       simplex compressed normal

           CSI_8_sp_x_______compressed_tumbled_______________________

     5.7 The LIST Data Type and Translator

           The LIST data type feature employs a special text-to-
           PostScript translator (see Chapter 9). It translates 8-bit
           ASCII (ISO 8859-1) text to a convenient printable form,
           numbering the lines in the file and printing gray bars
           behind alternating groups of lines. The LIST translator
           is not an ANSI translator. It does not translate escape
           sequences, such as those defined by ANSI PPL3, HP-PCL, or
           any other printer protocol. You should continue to use the
           ANSI data type for printing jobs that include and require
           translation of DEC PPL3 data and control sequences.

     5-6 Printing ANSI Files

 






        5.8 Printing the Euro Symbol

              The ISO Latin-9 (ISO 8859-15) character set is included
              with the DCPS ANSI translator. This character set includes
              the Euro symbol.

              One way to print the Euro symbol is to include the
              following ANSI escape sequences in your ANSI file:

                  <ESC>.b        selects ISO Latin-9 character set
                  <ESC>n$        prints Euro symbol


































                                                 Printing ANSI Files 5-7

 









                                                                       6
        ________________________________________________________________

                   Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter



              DCPS software replaces DEC Image Print-PLUS Client
              Services, [1] and allows you to print DDIF bitonal image
              files on the PrintServer 17, turbo PrintServer 20, and
              PrintServer 32 printers using the Image interpreter.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                The Image interpreter is not used if PostScript
                Level 2 is present.

                _____________________________________________________

              If your print job includes one of the following param-
              eters, the Image interpreter is not used to print the
              document:

              /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
              /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP

              Instead, the file is translated to PostScript for printing
              to provide the feature specified by the parameter value.

        6.1 Improvements to Image Printing

              Two factors make printing images a relatively slow process
              in a standard network environment:

              1. Because a PrintServer printer in a standard environment
                 handles only PostScript files, the files must be
                 converted to PostScript format at the user's node,
                 and then processed at the PrintServer printer by the
                 PostScript interpreter software.

              ___________________
              [1]The DECprint Supervisor product, versions 1.1 and
                 later, is incompatible with all versions of DEC Image

                 Print-PLUS Client Services.

               Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter 6-1

 






           2. Because PostScript Level 1 image files are large, it is
              time-consuming to send them across the network to the
              printer.

           The DCPS software provides faster image printing
           capability because it:

           o  Enables an image-capable printer to print DDIF
              bitonal images, eliminating the need for conversion
              to PostScript Level 1 and processing by the PostScript
              interpreter.

           o  Makes use of decompression hardware built into the
              printer.

           o  Allows compressed data to be transmitted across the
              network. The compressed data reaches the printer
              faster.

     6.2 Examples of Printing Image Files

           The following print command sends the files directly to
           the printer for printing:

           $ PRINT/QUEUE=queue/NOTIFY file.DDIF

           The following print command translates the file to
           PostScript for printing:

           $ PRINT/QUEUE=queue/NOTIFY/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1 file.DDIF















     6-2 Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter

 









                                                                       7
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                      Printing PCL Files



        7.1 How PCL Files Are Printed

              PCL files are printed in either of two ways:

              1. PCL Translator

                 DCPS includes a translator for files containing PCL4
                 data, as supported by the HP LaserJet IID printer. DCPS
                 does not translate the PCL5, PCL6, or HPGL printing
                 languages. If the DECprint Supervisor software does
                 not automatically detect your PCL files, you can
                 explicitly specify the PCL data type using the DATA_
                 TYPE parameter. For example:

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL MYFILE.PRN

              2. Native PCL Mode

                 Some PostScript printers have a PCL mode that can be
                 used by the DCPS software. Your job is automatically
                 printed in PCL mode if the printer supports PCL and you
                 do not specify parameters that require translation of
                 your file to PostScript. This is referred to as "native
                 PCL" mode.

                 If your printer provides native PCL5 support, you can
                 send HPGL files to your printer if they are surrounded
                 by the appropriate PCL5 escape sequence.

              Figure 7-1 shows how DCPS software processes PCL files.

        7.2 Processing Files in Native PCL Mode

              To take advantage of native PCL mode without jeopardizing
              any of its own functions, the DCPS software does the
              following:

                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-1

 






           1. Prints the initial information about the print job
              (including the job and file flag pages) in PostScript
              mode.

           2. Sends a control sequence to the printer that changes
              the printer to PCL mode.

           3. Sends the PCL file directly to the printer and prints
              it.

           4. Switches the printer back to PostScript mode and prints
              the trailer page, if any.

           You can include both PostScript and PCL setup modules
           with your print job, but the effects may vary from what
           you would get with a translated print job. Most of the
           settings in a PostScript setup module do not affect PCL
           printing. The settings in a PCL setup module affect the
           printed output as if they were included in the print job
           file.

           Setup modules can be invoked explicitly by using /SETUP,
           or implicitly by using /FORM or queue defaults.

           Most printers supported by DCPS have a native PCL inter-
           preter. Refer to the DCPS Software Product Description
           (SPD) for a complete list of the printers that are
           supported in native PCL mode.

     7.2.1 PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCL Usage

           If you are printing a PCL file on a printer supported
           in native PCL mode, your file is sent directly to the
           printer unless the print job requires special PostScript
           processing. You cannot print PCL files directly to the
           printer in native PCL mode if your print job includes one
           or more of the following PRINT parameters:

              /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION
              /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP
              /PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT (for values greater than 1)
              /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT (if starting page greater than
              1, or ending page specified)


     7-2 Printing PCL Files

 






        7.3 Processing Files with the PCL Translator

              You can emulate the front panel settings of the Hewlett-
              Packard LaserJet printer, using the following methods:

              o  PRINT command parameters- See Section 7.3.1

              o  Escape sequences- See Section 7.3.2

        7.3.1 Using Print Parameters to Modify PCL Print Jobs

              Table 7-1 shows the PRINT parameters you can use to modify
              PCL print jobs.

              Table 7-1 PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL Front Panel
              __________Settings________________________________________

              LaserJet
              IID Front
              Panel
              Selection___PRINT_Parameter____________Reference__________

              #copies     /PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT    Section 1.5

              duplex      /PARAMETERS=SIDES[1]       Section 1.3

              orientation /PARAMETERS=PAGE_          Section 1.4
                          ORIENTATION[1]

              tray        /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY     Section 3.1
              selection

              paper size  /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE     Section 10.4

              manual      /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY     Section 3.1
              feed
              [1]Instructions_in_the_data_file_can_override_this_PRINT__

              parameter.
              __________________________________________________________

        7.3.1.1 Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter

              You can select the page size with the PAGE_SIZE parameter.
              The following page sizes are supported for PCL files:

                 7_envelope or Monarch
                 A4
                 A3
                 Business_envelope or COM10
                 C5_envelope

                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-3

 






              DL_envelope
              Executive
              Letter (A)
              Legal
              Ledger (B)

           If you specify an unsupported page size, the PCL
           translator selects a supported size that is closest to
           the size you specified.

              ________________________Note ________________________

              Page size commands in the PCL file override the page
              size you specify in the PRINT parameter. You can
              create a PostScript setup module to be applied to
              the translated file that redefines the page size
              operators so that they are ignored when the file
              is printed. See Section 7.3.3 for information on
              creating setup modules.

              _____________________________________________________

     7.3.1.2 Print Parameters Ignored for Native PCL

           DCPS ignores the following print parameters when printing
           PCL files using the native PCL capability of a supported
           printer:

              INPUT_TRAY
              OUTPUT_TRAY
              PAGE_ORIENTATION
              PAGE_SIZE
              SHEET_SIZE
              SIDES

           In these cases the default setting of the printer takes
           effect. You can manipulate PCL printer tray selection by
           inserting appropriate PCL escape sequences in the print
           file or in setup modules.

           Alternatively, you can have these parameters affect your
           job by forcing translation to PostScript on the host.
           To force translation, use a DCPS feature that forces
           translation such as PAGE_LIMIT or NUMBER_UP.

     7-4 Printing PCL Files

 






        7.3.2 Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCL Print Jobs

              The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:

              Escape Sequence Format

              ESC     !     `     value     P

              Decimal Values

              027     033   096             080

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                This format shows spaces between the elements of the
                command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your
                actual command.

                _____________________________________________________

              Specify front panel settings by following these steps:

              1. Enable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel
                 Mode escape sequence with 1 for value.

              2. Enter the PCL escape sequence to set the print
                 attribute.

              3. Disable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel
                 Mode escape sequence with 0 for value.

              Front panel mode is also disabled by the PCL reset escape
              sequence (ESC E).

              You can include PCL escape sequences for any of the
              following print attributes:

              o  Symbol set

              o  Spacing

              o  Pitch

              o  Height

              o  Style

              o  Stroke weight

              o  Typeface (Courier and Lineprinter only)

              o  Horizontal motion index

                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-5

 






           o  Vertical motion index

           PCL escape sequences allow you to specify both a primary
           and a secondary font. Escape sequences for both types
           of fonts can be included in the front panel mode escape
           sequence for selecting a default font.

           For example, a PCL escape sequence that sets the pitch to
           16.66 characters per inch (cpi) and ISO 17 Spanish symbol
           set is formatted as follows:

           ESC ! ` 1 P ESC (s16.66H ESC (2S ESC ! ` 0 P

              ________________________Note ________________________

              This format shows spaces between the elements of the
              command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your
              actual command.

              _____________________________________________________

           This command includes escape sequences that do the
           following:

           o  Enable front panel mode

           o  Set 16.66 cpi (ESC (s16.66H)

           o  Specify the ISO 17 symbol set (ESC (2S)

           o  Disable front panel mode

     7.3.3 Using a Setup Module

           To create a setup module, follow these steps:

           1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary
              escape sequences or PostScript operators.

           2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into
              a PCL device control library.

           3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the
              file. For example:

              $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL /SETUP=module-name file.DAT

     7-6 Printing PCL Files

 






              For example, the following PostScript setup module
              redefines the tray select escape sequence (a4tray).
              The PCL file contains a page size command to select A4
              paper. If your printer does not support A4 paper, you must
              make the printing system ignore the page size command to
              print the file. You create a PostScript setup module that
              redefines the PostScript operator to select A4 paper, as
              follows:

              statusdict begin
              /a4tray {} def
              end

        7.3.4 How the PCL Translator Differs from that in the LaserJet
              IID Printer

              When producing a file to be printed using the PCL
              translator, choose the LaserJet IID printer from your
              application. There are incompatibilities among LaserJet
              printers; therefore, files created for a LaserJet model
              other than the LaserJet IID printer may not be printed as
              expected.

              The PCL translator handles PCL files like the LaserJet IID
              printer, except in the following cases:

              o  If two files require the same font or macro, the font
                 or macro is not preserved from one file in the print
                 job to the next. Fonts and macros are preserved between
                 setup modules and data files, so fonts and macros can
                 be specified in a setup module. See Section 7.5.

              o  If the PCL file uses the Lineprinter typeface, the
                 translator uses 8.5-point Courier in its place.

              o  If a final partial page is not ejected by the PCL
                 stream, the translator ejects it.

              o  If the file contains a Font Control command that
                 has the copy/assign font option of the Font Control
                 command, the translator generates a userdata message.

              o  If the file contains commands to activate Display
                 Functions mode, PCL commands and data are discarded.
                 They are not displayed.

                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-7

 






           Documentation specifying the PCL language is available
           from Hewlett-Packard. The documentation specific to the
           LaserJet IID includes:

           HP LaserJet IID Printer         HP part number 33447 90905
           Technical Reference Manual

           HP LaserJet IID Printer User's  HP part number 33447 90901
           Manual

           PCL files can be automatically recognized by the DECprint
           Supervisor software. Files that begin with the PCL
           reset escape sequence (ESC E) or have a file extension
           identified as a PCL data type are automatically recognized
           as PCL files.

     7.4 Changing the Input Tray

           A PCL file may contain instructions to select the printer
           input tray on a Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IID printer.
           When you print this file on a different type of printer,
           the print job will fail if the specified input tray is
           not available. You can modify the print job to redefine
           the input tray selection command, using a PostScript
           setup module. You can create a PostScript setup module
           to redefine the appropriate PostScript operators, changing
           the selected input tray. The following example shows a
           PostScript setup module to select PostScript tray 3 for
           the upper input tray, and PostScript tray 1 for the bottom
           input tray.

           /settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} def
           /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def

           Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer to
           the PostScript documentation for your printer to determine
           the numbers for the available trays.

           The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript
           operators to which the PCL translator converts them,
           are listed in Table 7-2. The translator uses the default
           setpapertray value if no other value has been defined. A
           setup module with a different value overrides the default
           value.

     7-8 Printing PCL Files

 






              Table_7-2_PCL-to-PostScript_Input_Tray_Command_Mapping____

                               PostScript Extension  Default setpaper-
              PCL_Commands_____Operator______________tray_Value_________

              Upper tray       settoptray            1

              Manual input     setmanualfeedtray     0

              Manual envelope  setmanualfeedtray     0
              input

              Lower tray       setbottomtray         2

              Optional large   setlcittray           3
              tray

              Envelope_feeder__setenvelopefeedertray_3__________________

        7.5 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Print Jobs

              If your PCL file requires soft fonts to be loaded in
              the printer, or macros for defining forms or raster
              graphics, you can download the font or macro using PCL
              setup modules.

              It is not necessary to declare the fonts and macros
              permanent. You must declare fonts and macros permanent
              only if the setup module or file contains a reset escape
              sequence.

              The system manager must create a device control library
              designated for PCL setup modules, and include that library
              in the search list in DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as described in
              the DCPS System Manager's Guide.

              PCL setup modules from the PCL device control library
              are handled differently from ANSI and PostScript setup
              modules. Records from a PCL module are not appended
              with carriage-control characters (<CR><LF>), because PCL
              setup modules can include binary data, such as PCL fonts
              and raster graphics. If the PCL setup module contains
              lines of text that must be separated by carriage-control
              characters, you must explicitly specify them in the PCL
              setup module.

              You can include a soft font or macro in a print job by:

              o  Using a setup module (see Section 7.5.1)

                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-9

 






           o  Including the font or macro file in the print job (see
              Section 7.5.2)

     7.5.1 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Setup Modules

           To include a soft font or macro in a setup module, follow
           these steps:

           1. Include the PCL escape sequence to give the font or
              macro an identifier at the beginning of the file.

           2. Make sure the file is in a format acceptable to the
              OpenVMS Librarian Utility. The record format must be
              either Variable Length or Fixed Length.

           3. Have your system manager insert the file into the PCL
              device control library using the following command:

              $ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:pcl-library-name font-filename

           To print the PCL file that requires the font or macro, use
           the following command:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /SETUP=font-filename data-filename.PCL

           Your system manager can include the setup module in a
           form definition, which can be associated with a queue by
           default. With this setup, you need only specify the data
           file name and the queue name in your PRINT command.

     7.5.2 Including Font and Macro Files in PCL Print Jobs

           You can print files that require soft fonts or macros by
           having the application include the font or macro in the
           data file. Or you can create a file that contains the font
           or macro and the data file.

     7.6 PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL and TBCP

           Two printing protocols may cause problems with DCPS. These
           are HP PJL (Print Job Language), and HP TBCP (Tagged
           Binary Communication Protocol). Documents created from
           a Windows application can have these protocols included
           in the files. These protocols can be quite useful in some
           environments, but sometimes cause problems for DCPS or for
           printers other than the type for which the document was
           created. A brief description of PJL and TBCP is included

     7-10 Printing PCL Files

 






              below, followed by instructions to prevent problems with
              DCPS.

        7.6.1 Description of PJL and TBCP

              PJL is a command language that allows job-level printer
              control. TBCP is a communications protocol for the serial,
              LAT, and parallel ports of a printer. It allows 8-bit
              binary data in files concurrent with the use of some
              control characters for communications and print job
              control. You cannot print TBCP to printers that do not
              support TBCP, or to ports other than the serial, LAT
              or parallel ports for printers. When an application is
              creating files for printing to printers that support PJL
              or TBCP, the files can include PJL and TBCP.

        7.6.2 Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint Supervisor

              When printing files that include PJL, DCPS strips any PJL
              code from the file. This process allows DCPS to use PJL
              to switch print protocols in the printer, and enables the
              printing of these files on printers that do not support
              PJL.

              If the interconnect to the printer is not serial or LAT,
              the file must not use the TBCP. DCPS does not remove TBCP
              characters.

        7.6.2.1 Preventing problems with PostScript

              When an application is generating PostScript output, use
              the following guidelines:

              Whether printing to a printer or saving to a file, it is
              best to avoid both TBCP and PJL.

              If the interconnect is serial or LAT then TBCP may be
              used. If the interconnect is raw TCP/IP or AppleTalk, then
              TBCP must be disabled. Because detailed information about
              the printer and queue may not be available to a Windows
              user, HP recommends that TBCP be disabled.

              Disable the "Tagged Binary" item from the Advanced Options
              Menu of printer drivers that offer this option. This
              disables TBCP, and the TBCP introducer is not included
              in the file. Note that disabling the Performance item
              "Binary" in the PostScript Option menu is not sufficient.

                                                 Printing PCL Files 7-11

 






           The file will not include binary data, but will include
           the TBCP introducer, which will cause PostScript errors.

     7.6.2.2 Problems with PCL

           DCPS removes all PJL commands from PCL files, which may
           result in problems when printing these files. Because
           drivers for PCL Level 5 printers use PJL to select
           advanced printing features such as the configuration
           of the Resolution Enhancement hardware (RET), page
           protection, and print resolution, the print job may not
           print as expected without the PJL commands.

           Moreover, the PCL is sent to the printer only if DCPS
           supports printing PCL directly to the printer. Otherwise,
           the PCL (Level 4) translator is used.

           If problems arise with PCL output, an alternative would be
           to generate PostScript output if the application allows
           for it.

     7.7 Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and Automatic
         DATA_TYPE Detection

           Jobs that use DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=PCL may print with
           unexpected results. In particular, files printed as PCL
           which contain commands to switch to PostScript may be
           printed entirely as PCL. This result occurs if all of the
           following cases are true:

           o  DCPS does not detect the data type of the file by
              looking at the first few bytes of the file or by
              matching the file extension to a data type.

           o  The target printer can print PCL files as well as
              PostScript files.

           o  DCPS supports use of the PCL language interpreter in
              the printer.

           o  There are no other print qualifiers that require
              the file to be printed using the PCL translator (for
              example, NUMBER_UP or PAGE_LIMIT).

           Under these circumstances, DCPS uses the PCL language
           interpreter in the printer, and does not look for a
           switch to PostScript. Also, the automatic language sensing
           feature of the printer is not used to detect the file's

     7-12 Printing PCL Files

 






              switch from the PCL language to the PostScript language
              because DCPS specifies the file's data type as PCL, which
              disables any auto language sensing by the printer. You can
              use one of the following workarounds:

              1. Set up the print queue to use AUTOMATIC, but select
                 ANSI as the default data type. Generally, the text
                 part of files that include both text and PostScript is
                 simple ACSII text that is handled properly by both the
                 ANSI and PCL translators.

              2. Ensure that the PCL translator is used for all PCL
                 files, by setting up the print queue with a qualifier
                 that requires the use of the PCL translator (include
                 the PAGE_LIMIT parameter as a default queue parameter).
                 Note, however, that the PCL translator interprets
                 PCL level 4. The printers for which DCPS supports
                 printing in native PCL mode have PCL level 5 language
                 interpreters.

        7.8 Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files

              If the PCL language interpreter in a printer is used to
              print PCL files and a job includes multiple PCL files, the
              PCL files are concatenated. DCPS does not ensure that the
              files begin on new pages, or even that the last line of
              the first PCL file does not get printed over by the first
              line of the next PCL file. Concatenation can occur if:

              o  The files do not ensure that the page is ejected from
                 the printer. To print PCL files correctly, Hewlett-
                 Packard recommends that the files begin and end with
                 the PCL reset sequence <ESC>E.

              o  Multiple files are specified and two or more files in
                 sequence are PCL

              o  /COPIES is used on a PCL file

              o  /JOB_COUNT is used and two or more PCL files are
                 printed in sequence

              If concatenated PCL files are not acceptable, the
              following workarounds can be used:

              o  Create and use a PCL setup module to include the PCL
                 reset sequence in the data stream before a file prints.

                                                 Printing PCL Files 7-13

 






           o  Print using the PCL translator by specifying a
              parameter that forces DCPS to use the PCL translator
              (e.g, NUMBER_UP, or PAGE_LIMIT)

           o  Print the job and specify a file separation page
              between all files (PRINT/FLAG).







































     7-14 Printing PCL Files

 









                                                                       8
        ________________________________________________________________

                                               Printing Proprinter Files



              DCPS includes a translator for Proprinter files, allowing
              PostScript printers to emulate the IBM Proprinter XL24.
              If your Proprinter file is not automatically recognized
              by the DECprint Supervisor software, you can explicitly
              specify the Proprinter data type using the DATA_TYPE
              parameter. For example:

              $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER MYFILE.PRO

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Because of incompatibilities among Proprinter
                printers, files created for Proprinter models other
                than the XL24 printer may not print as expected.
                For best results, when producing a file to be
                printed using the Proprinter translator, specify
                the Proprinter XL24 as the printer model in your
                application.

                _____________________________________________________

        8.1 Proprinter Translator Versus the Proprinter Printer

              The DCPS translator for Proprinter files differs from the
              operation of the Proprinter XL24 printer in the following
              ways:

              o  The XL24 printer does not print two adjacent horizontal
                 dots for some types of raster graphics, while the
                 translator prints all data specified in the raster
                 graphic. The translator supplies a special escape
                 sequence that allows you to specify the print attribute
                 that causes the translator to drop alternate dots (see
                 Section 8.6).

                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-1

 






           o  The translator does not require AGM mode to be enabled
              to process the AGM raster graphic escape sequence (ESC
              *).

           o  The translator does not contain the bitmaps for the
              XL24 built-in fonts. Therefore, the prefill commands do
              not store bitmaps or initialize lookup tables to point
              at bitmaps. Any Proprinter data stream that relies on
              bitmap initialization will fail.

           o  The translator can print either 9-wire or 24-wire
              downloaded fonts. The mode is determined by the escape
              sequence that the translator encounters first:

              -  If the Character Font Image Download escape sequence
                 is encountered first, the mode is determined by the
                 escape sequence.

              -  If the Select Print Mode escape sequence is
                 encountered first, the mode is determined by the
                 translator's Front Panel Mode escape sequence (see
                 Section 8.3).

           o  The XL24 does not underscore or overscore the lower
              integral and square root characters. The Proprinter
              translator underscores and overscores these characters.

           Documentation specifying the Proprinter language is
           available from IBM. The documentation specific to the
           Proprinter and the XL24 includes:

           IBM's Proprinter Family         IBM part number SC31-2587-
           Technical Reference             3

           IBM's Proprinter X24E and XL24  IBM part number SA34-2106-
           Guide to Operations             0

     8.2 How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes Proprinter Files

           DECprint Supervisor recognizes the Proprinter data type if
           the files have the following characteristics:

           o  They begin with an ANSI escape sequence.

           o  They have a file extension that links them to a
              Proprinter data type.

     8-2 Printing Proprinter Files

 






              If your Proprinter file does not meet these criteria,
              you can explicitly specify the data type by including the
              DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER parameter in your PRINT command.

        8.3 Modifying the Default State of the Proprinter Translator

              The default state of the XL24 can be modified from its
              front panel and from its DIP switches. Emulate these
              settings in your print job using PRINT parameters and
              the translator-specific front panel escape sequences.
              Table 8-1 shows the print attributes that you can modify
              using PRINT parameters.

              Table 8-1 PRINT Parameters that Affect Proprinter
              __________Settings________________________________________

              Print
              Attribute___PRINT_Parameter____________Reference__________

              orientation /PARAMETERS=PAGE_          Section 1.4
                          ORIENTATION

              tray        /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY[1]  Section 3.1
              selection

              paper size  /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE      Section 10.7
              [1]Instructions_in_the_data_file_can_override_this_PRINT__

              parameter.
              __________________________________________________________

              All of the print attributes on the XL24 front panel and
              DIP switches can be modified in the Proprinter translator
              using the appropriate front panel mode escape sequence.

              The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:

              Escape Sequence Format

              ESC   `   count-low count-high item-id new-value-low [new-value-high]

              Decimal Values

              027   096

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                This format shows spaces between the elements of the
                command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your

                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-3

 






              actual command.

              _____________________________________________________

           This escape sequence allows you to specify:

           o  count-low and count-high bytes to indicate the number
              of bytes to follow.

           o  item-id, which identifies the item to be changed. The
              item-id values and the corresponding attributes are
              listed in Table 8-2.

           o  new-value is the default translator state for the item,
              assumed if the translator performs a reset. If this
              command is stored in a setup module, the default state
              is applied to the data file following the setup module.

           Do not use ASCII encoded numerals (1, 2, 3, . . . ) to
           specify the count bytes, item-id, and new-value in the
           escape sequence. Instead, use ASCII characters whose
           numeric codes represent the values you want. For example,
           zero is represented by the NULL code; 126 is represented
           by the tilde character (~).

           The print attributes that you can change using this escape
           sequence are listed in Table 8-2. The item-id is listed
           first, followed by a description of the print attribute.
           The third column shows the default Proprinter translator
           behavior for this print attribute. The last column shows
           how to present the value for each item.

     Table_8-2_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________________

     Item-            Default Translator
     Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________

     2      Slashed   Default: 0            1 or 0.
            0

     3      Auto NL   Default: 0            1 or 0.

     4      Form      Default: based on     The page length in points
            length    logical page length.  (72 units per inch). Any
                      See Section 8.4.2.    value is allowed.

     8-4 Printing Proprinter Files

 






        Table_8-2_(Cont.)_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________

        Item-            Default Translator
        Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________

        5      Character Default: Set 1        1 indicates character set
               set                             1.
                                               2 indicates character set
                                               2.

        6      Auto CR   Default: 0            1 or 0.

        7      Margins   Default: based on     The page width in points
                         logical page width.   (72 units per inch). Any
                         See Section 8.4.2.    value is allowed.

        8      Ignore    This determines       1 or 0.
               FF        whether form feeds
                         are ignored at
                         the top of form.
                         Default: 1

        12     12 cpi    There are three       2 indicates 12 cpi.
               comp.     options: 12, 17.1,    3 indicates 17.1 cpi.
                         or 20 cpi. Default:   4 indicates 20 cpi.
                         12

        13     Code      Default: 437          The code page value: 437
               page                            or 850.

        14     AGM       Default: disabled     1 or 0.

        16     Left      Default: 18 points    The left offset in
               offset    (1/4 in.)             points. Any value is
                                               allowed.

        17     Top       Default: 36 points    The top offset in points.
               offset    (1/2 in.)             Any value is allowed.
                                               This is the position of
                                               the baseline of the first
                                               line of the file.

        19     CharactersDefault: 10 cpi       1 indicates 10 cpi.
               per inch                        2 indicates 12 cpi.
                                               3 indicates 17.1 cpi.
                                               4 indicates 20 cpi.
                                               5 indicates proportional.

                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-5

 






     Table_8-2_(Cont.)_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________

     Item-            Default Translator
     Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________

     20     Emphasize Default: 0            1 or 0.

     21     Dbl Wide  Default: 0 (single)   1 or 0.

     22     Dbl High  Default: 0 (single)   1 or 0.

     23     Printer   Number for use with   The printer ID number.
            ID        ERDPR. Default: 23

     24     9-wire    A flag that           1 or 0.
            or 24-    determines 9-wire
            wire      (0) or 24-wire (1)
            down-     emulation. This
            loaded    is required so
            fonts     that appropriate
                      downloaded fonts are
                      selected with ESC I.
                      Default: 24-wire

     25     Grey      A flag that is        1 or 0.
            bitmaps   true if bitmaps
                      are printed dark
                      gray (85% black).
                      Default: 0

     26     Printer   Number for use with   The printer ID number.
            ID        ERSIC. Default: 3

     27     Alternate A flag that           1 or 0.
            dots      determines whether
                      alternate dots are
                      dropped in certain
                      graphics modes.
     _________________Default:_0_____________________________________

     8.3.1 Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter Commands

           The front panel mode commands affect the way a file is
           printed if the commands are in a setup module and the
           setup module is specified with the file in the PRINT
           command. To use front panel commands to affect a print
           job, use the following procedure:

     8-6 Printing Proprinter Files

 






              1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary front
                 panel mode commands.

              2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into
                 a Proprinter device control library.

              3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the
                 file. For example:

        $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS$A14/PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER/SETUP=module-name file-name.DAT

              The system manager can include the setup module in a
              form definition, which can be associated with a queue
              by default. In this case, you need only specify the data
              file name and the queue name in the PRINT command.

              For example, to change the default character set of the
              translator from code page 437, character set 1, to code
              page 850, character set 2, create a setup module that
              contains the following escape sequence:

              Escape Sequence Format

              ESC `    ETX NUL CR  R   ETX ESC `   STX NUL ENQ STX

              Decimal Values

              027 096  003 000 013 082 003 027 096 002 000 005 002

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                These examples show spaces between the elements of
                the command for clarity. Do not include spaces in
                your actual command.

                _____________________________________________________

              To change the translator from printing on just 10 inches
              of a letter-size sheet to printing on all 11 inches of the
              sheet, create a setup module that includes the following
              escape sequences:

              Escape Sequence Format

              ESC '   STX NUL DC1 LF  ESC '   ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX

              Decimal Values

              027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003

                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-7

 






           This front panel command changes the top offset to 10
           points, and sets the text length to 11 inches. Because
           most laser printers cannot print on the entire sheet, you
           may need to scale the page using the NUMBER_UP or LAYUP
           parameters to fit within the printable area.

     8.4 Changing the Printable Area

           Applications that create files for Proprinter print jobs
           assume that the entire page is available for printing.
           Dot matrix printers, such as Proprinter devices, use the
           full page. Laser printers, such as those supported by the
           DCPS software, have a printable area that is often smaller
           than the entire page, and leave a blank margin around the
           printable area.

           The software that translates Proprinter files for
           PostScript printing formats the text so that it prints
           only within the printable area on the laser printer.
           Specifically, the translator formats the text so that
           it does not print within 1/4 inch of the left and right
           edges of the page, nor within 1/2 inch of the bottom edge.
           The first line of a file prints with its baseline 1/2
           inch from the top edge of the page. This is illustrated in
           Figure 8-1.




















     8-8 Printing Proprinter Files

 






        8.4.1 Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on the Page

              When you print a Proprinter file, you may find that a page
              that should fit on one page requires two pages, as shown
              in Figure 8-2.

              You can correct this problem by using a setup module that
              causes the translator to put more lines on the page.

              For example, to change the translator from printing on
              10 inches of a letter-size sheet to printing on 11 inches
              of the sheet, create a setup module to scale the page.
              Include the following escape sequences:

              Proprinter Escape Sequence Format

                   ESC '   STX NUL DC1 LF  ESC '   ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX

              Decimal Values

                   027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                These examples show spaces between the elements of
                the command for clarity. Do not include spaces in
                your actual command.

                _____________________________________________________

              This changes the top offset to 10 points, and sets the
              text length to 11 inches.

              The new output may also need to be scaled because the text
              prints off the bottom of the page (see Figure 8-3).

              You can correct this problem by scaling the page image. To
              scale the page image, specify any one of the following for
              the print job:

              /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1

              /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=BORDERS

              /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup-file-name

              The DCPS software includes an example layup definition
              file that shrinks the size of the logical page to
              fit within the normal laser printer margins. The
              example file PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP is supplied in
              SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]. Ask your system manager

                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-9

 






           to copy it to the DCPS$LAYUP area if it is not already
           there. Then you can specify the layup definition file in
           the PRINT command, as follows:

     $ PRINT file.PRO/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE/NOTIFY








































     8-10 Printing Proprinter Files

 






              The final output is illustrated in Figure 8-4.

        8.4.2 Specifying the Page Size for Proprinter Print Jobs

              You can select the page size with the /PARAMETERS=PAGE_
              SIZE qualifier. All page size values are supported by the
              Proprinter translator. The translator will print within
              the area of the page specified by the PAGE_SIZE parameter
              except for a small area around the edge of the page. The
              area around the edge of the page is specified by the top
              offset and the left offset (see Table 8-2).

              The top offset specifies the position of the baseline of
              the first line of the page as well as the default margin
              at the bottom of the page. The default top offset is 1/2
              inch.

              The left offset specifies the area at the left edge of the
              page as well as the default margin at the right edge of
              the page. The default left offset is 1/4 inch.

              If your application allows for a margin around the page,
              you can decrease these offsets.

              If you need a page size that is not supported by DECprint
              Supervisor, you can explicitly specify the page size
              using the front panel mode escape sequences for form
              length and margins (see Table 8-2). These escape sequences
              specify the length and width of the page measured from the
              offsets.

        8.5 Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter Print Jobs

              A Proprinter file may contain instructions to select the
              printer input tray on a Proprinter printer. When you print
              this file on a different type of printer, the print job
              will fail if the specified input tray is not available.
              You can modify the print job to redefine the input tray
              selection command, using a PostScript setup module. Your
              system manager can create a setup module to redefine the
              appropriate Postscript operators, as in the following
              which shows the contents of a setup module that selects
              tray 3 for the upper input tray, and tray 1 for the bottom
              input tray.

                                          Printing Proprinter Files 8-11

 






           /settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} def
           /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def

           Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer to
           the PostScript documentation for your printer to determine
           the numbers for the available trays.

           The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript
           operators to which the Proprinter translator converts
           them, are listed in Table 8-3. The default setpapertray
           value is the value that the translator uses if no other
           value has been defined. A setup module with a different
           value would override the default value.

           Table_8-3_PostScript_Operators_for_Changing_Input_Trays___

                                   PostScript       Default
                                   Extension        setpapertray
           Bin____Meaning__________Operator_________Value____________

           0      No change

           1      Upper tray       settoptray       1

           2      Lower tray       setbottomtray    2

           3______Envelope_feeder__setenvelopefeedertray_____________

     8.6 Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print Jobs

           If your Proprinter file requires soft fonts to be loaded
           in the printer, you can download the font using Proprinter
           setup modules.

           The system manager must create a device control library
           designated for Proprinter setup modules and include
           that library in the search list in DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as
           described in the DCPS System Manager's Guide.

           Proprinter setup modules from the Proprinter device
           control library are handled differently from ANSI and
           PostScript setup modules. Records from a Proprinter
           module are not appended with carriage control characters
           (<CR><LF>) because Proprinter setup modules can include
           binary data, such as Proprinter fonts and raster graphics.
           If the Proprinter setup module contains lines of text that

     8-12 Printing Proprinter Files

 






              must be separated by carriage control characters, you must
              explicitly specify them in the Proprinter setup module.

              Proprinter setup modules are processed without a
              subsequent page eject command, so that anything printed by
              such setup modules will appear on the first page of the
              file.






































                                          Printing Proprinter Files 8-13

 









                                                                       9
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                Using the List Data Type



              The List data type is a list numbering tool that prints
              line-oriented text in a format that is easier to read. The
              List data type creates output that has:

              o  The file name at the top of each page

              o  The page number at the top of each page

              o  Line numbers for each line of the file

              o  Horizontal gray bars shading each page

              o  An end marker to indicate the end of the file

              Figure 9-1 is an example of a page printed using the List
              data type.



















                                            Using the List Data Type 9-1

 






     9.1 Using the List Data Type

           Use the following PRINT parameter to print your text
           document using the List data type:

           /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LIST

           For example, to print the file XREPORT.TXT using the List
           data type, enter the following command:

           $ PRINT XREPORT.TXT/PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LIST

           By default, DCPS prints using the List data type if the
           file extension is one of the following:

                 B32      CPP      MMS
                 BAS      CXX      PAS
                 BLI      FOR      PLI
                 C        H        R32
                 CBL      HXX      REQ
                 COM      MAR

           See the DCPS System Manager's Guide for information about
           changing this list.

     9.2 Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data Type

           The List data type ignores form settings for margins, page
           width, and so forth when formatting pages. It creates a
           page with maximum content at a size compatible with both A
           (Letter) and A4 paper:

              Portrait orientation: 80 columns, 70 lines
              Landscape orientation: 132 columns, 55 lines

           However, any setup modules invoked by the form definition
           are applied to the print job.








     9-2 Using the List Data Type

 









                                                                      10
        ________________________________________________________________

                                             Using Advanced Page Layouts



              This chapter describes how to print different types of
              files on a PostScript printer, and shows how to access the
              printer-specific features. Some features are not supported
              by all types of printers. You should be aware of the type
              of file you are printing, and the capabilities of your
              printer.

              There are many types of PostScript printers with unique
              capabilities and features. Make sure your printer can
              perform the functions you specify in the print job.
              If your printer does not have a capability you request
              (for example, two-sided printing), your print job may
              be terminated and a message displayed to inform you of
              the problem. Some of the unique capabilities that may be
              available on your printer include:

              o  Two-sided (duplex) printing

              o  Variable paper sizes (envelopes, B-size paper, and so
                 forth)

              o  Multiple input trays and input tray selection

              o  Multiple output trays and output tray selection

              o  Color printing

              In addition to these printer-specific features, make sure
              the type of media you request is loaded in the printer
              before you enter the PRINT command.





                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-1

 






     10.1 Printing Two-Sided Documents

           To select two-sided printing, use the SIDES parameter to
           the PRINT command.

           The SIDES parameter provides the printing features listed
           in Table 10-1.

           Table_10-1_Values_for_SIDES_Parameter_____________________

           Value____________Definition_______________________________

           1, ONE, or       Your job prints on one side of the sheet.
           ONE_SIDED_
           SIMPLEX

           2, TWO, or       Your job prints on both sides of the
           TWO_SIDED_       sheet. The second side is reached by
           DUPLEX           turning the page about its left edge, as
                            in the binding of a book.

           TUMBLE or        Your job prints on both sides of the
           TWO_SIDED_       sheet, and alternating pages are rotated
           TUMBLE           180 degrees. Figure 10-2 shows the format
                            for two-sided tumble printing. The second
                            side is reached by turning the page about
                            its top edge, as in some legal documents.

           ONE_SIDED_       Your job prints on one side of the sheet
           DUPLEX           but alternate pages may be offset for
                            binding. Retains page layout for duplex
                            printing for copying on duplex copiers.
                            Reflects the placement of margins and
                            page numbers.

           ONE_SIDED_       Your job prints on one side of the
           TUMBLE           sheet, and alternating pages are rotated
                            180 degrees. This allows you to make
                            a tumble-formatted copy to take to a
                            copying facility for multiple copies.
                            Reflects the placement of margins and
                            page numbers.



     10-2 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






              Table_10-1_(Cont.)_Values_for_SIDES_Parameter_____________

              Value____________Definition_______________________________

              TWO_SIDED_       Your job is printed on both sides of a
              SIMPLEX          sheet. This setting does not reflect the
              _________________placement_of_margins.____________________






































                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-3

 






     10.2 Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing

           Files printed in landscape orientation (text printed
           parallel to the long edge of the paper) are, by default,
           printed in tumble mode when printed on two sides of the
           paper (see Figure 10-1). This provides output that can be
           bound along the top and flipped for reading.

           To print pages in portrait orientation and tumble mode (as
           shown in Figure 10-2), use the SIDES=TUMBLE parameter. For
           example:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE MYFILE.PS
































     10-4 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






              If you need a landscape oriented document printed
              on two sides and bound along the short edge (see
              Figure 10-3), use both the SIDES=TUMBLE and the PAGE_
              ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE parameters in the PRINT command.

              For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=TUMBLE,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.PS

              If you specify SIDES=TUMBLE for a print job destined for a
              printer that does not support tumble printing, your print
              job is terminated and the following message is displayed:

              DCPS-E-TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printing

              To display the SIDES parameter values that are supported
              by your printer, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER SIDES
              command and select the subtopic that describes your
              printer.


























                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-5

 






     10.3 Specifying Multiple PostScript Files in Duplex Print Jobs

           The DECprint Supervisor software treats adjacent
           PostScript files in a print job as if they were combined
           into a single file. Therefore, when you print multiple
           PostScript files in one duplex print job, pages from one
           file may be printed on the same sheet with pages from
           another file. All other types of files automatically start
           on a new sheet.

           Use the following command to print two PostScript files
           using both sides of the sheet:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS

           If FILE1.PS has three pages, page 1 is printed on the
           front of the first sheet; page 2 is printed on the back
           of the first sheet; and page 3 is printed on the front of
           the next sheet. Then, page 1 of FILE2.PS is printed on the
           back of that sheet, and so on.

           To begin printing each new file on a new sheet, use the
           /FLAG, /BURST, or /TRAILER qualifier to print a file
           separation page between files. For example, the following
           command prints FILE1.PS and FILE2.PS and includes a flag
           page between each file:

           $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS

     10.4 Specifying the Physical Sheet Size

           You can specify the size of the physical sheet or type of
           media on which to print your file. The DECprint Supervisor
           software may assume this information automatically from
           the:

           o  Information inside the file

           o  Printer's default input tray

           o  Logical page size specified in the PRINT command (see
              Section 10.7).



     10-6 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






              You can explicitly request a certain sheet size by
              including the SHEET_SIZE parameter in your PRINT command
              to specify a value that describes the physical media size.
              For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=A4 MYFILE.PS

              To list the values available with your printer, enter the
              HELP PRINT_PARAMETER SHEET_SIZE command and select the
              subtopic that describes your printer.

              Some sheet sizes are known by multiple names, as listed in
              Table 10-2. You may use any of these names to specify
              a sheet size to DCPS. The DCPS term is the term that
              DCPS prints on the trailer page and reports in error
              messages.

              Table_10-2_Sheet_and_Page_Size_Synonyms___________________

              DCPS_Term_____________Synonym_____________________________

              Business_Envelope     Com10

              7_Envelope            Monarch

              Halfletter____________Statement___________________________

        10.5 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet

              You can print more than one page on each side of a sheet
              of paper. Printing this way saves paper and provides
              customized printed documents. Figure 10-4 shows four pages
              on each side of a sheet. Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in
              the PRINT command to specify the number of pages to print
              on each side of a sheet of paper. For example:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PS

              To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint Supervisor
              software changes the size of the logical pages in the
              document to fit in the area on the physical side. This
              change does not affect the relationship of the page height
              to the page width.


                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-7

 






     10.5.1 Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray Selection Operators

           If you specify NUMBER_UP=1 for a file that has input tray
           selection operators, the printer changes paper trays, but
           the image is not resized to fit the new paper.

           Input tray selection commands in a file are ignored if the
           file is printed with a NUMBER_UP value greater than 1. If
           you include the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command, a
           message is displayed to inform you of this action.

     10.5.2 Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation

           When you print using NUMBER_UP, the aspect ratio (that is,
           the relationship of the height of the page to the width of
           the page) is preserved. Therefore, a portrait-shaped page
           retains its portrait shape. However, because NUMBER_UP
           may scale and rotate the pages to make the best use of the
           available space, the logical page and physical sheet may
           have different orientations.

           The pages print vertically, but you hold the sheet in
           landscape orientation to read them. To print two pages per
           sheet using portrait orientation as shown in Figure 10-5,
           use the following command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT) file-spec

           To print two pages per sheet using landscape orientation
           as shown in Figure 10-6, use the following command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATON=LANDSCAPE) file-spec

     10.5.3 Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Files

           When you specify more than one file in a print job and
           use NUMBER_UP to print more than one page on each side
           of a sheet, all the files in the print job are printed
           using the NUMBER_UP value. If any files are not PostScript
           files, they are printed starting on a new sheet. If any
           files are PostScript files, they are printed starting at
           the next page spot (the next location defined for a page).



     10-8 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






              For example, to print two ANSI files, one with seven pages
              and one with one page printed at four pages per sheet,
              enter the following command:

              $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.TXT,1PAGE.TXT

              The first four pages of 7PAGES.TXT are printed on the
              first sheet. The last three pages of 7PAGES.TXT are
              printed on the second sheet; one page spot is left blank.
              The file 1PAGE.TXT is printed on the third sheet, with
              three page spots left blank.

              To print two PostScript files, one with seven pages and
              one with one page, printed four pages per sheet, enter the
              following command:

              $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$IGUANA /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.PS,1PAGE.PS

              The first four pages of 7PAGES.PS print on the first
              sheet. The last three pages of 7PAGES.PS and the first
              page of 1PAGE.PS print on the second sheet.

              To ensure that each new file in the multiple PostScript
              file job is started on a new sheet, specify file
              separation pages using the /BURST, /FLAG, or /TRAILER
              qualifier. For example:

              $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS

        10.6 Printing a Range of Pages

              You can print a specific page or range of pages in a print
              job.

              To print a specific range of pages from the print job,
              include the PAGE_LIMIT parameter in the PRINT command and
              the range of pages. For example, to print only the 50th
              through the 100th page of a print job, enter the following
              command:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PS

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Quotation marks are required when the parameter
                value contains a comma, as in this PAGE_LIMIT

                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-9

 






              parameter.

              _____________________________________________________

           The pages you specify do not correspond to the page
           numbers in the document. They represent the number of
           pages that have been printed. You can specify printing of
           just the last portion of this file by using the following
           command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS

           This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor software
           to start printing at the 50th page in the print job, and
           continue to the end of the print job.

           You can specify printing of just the first part of a
           document by using the following command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS

           This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor software to
           print the first 50 pages of the print job.

           When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print
           job completes when the upper-limit value is reached.
           Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT parameter and
           do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a file
           trailer page for the file that was cut off. The rest of
           the data for that file and for any subsequent files for
           that print job is ignored.

     10.6.1 Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies

           Do not use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter when you make multiple
           copies with the /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT qualifiers. The
           print job may be completed before the next copy begins
           printing. If you want to print multiple copies of a job
           for which you specify PAGE_LIMIT, use the SHEET_COUNT
           parameter (see Section 1.5).





     10-10 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






        10.6.2 Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs

              You can save paper when you restart interrupted print jobs
              by using the PAGE_LIMIT parameter to start the print job
              near the point where the print job stopped. For example:

              $ SET ENTRY /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(30,)" /RELEASE 301

              In this example, print job 301 was released and printing
              started on the 30th page of the print job.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Using the PAGE_LIMIT parameter will not save system
                overhead or processing time because the DECprint
                Supervisor software must process the entire print
                job from the beginning in order to print selected
                pages.

                _____________________________________________________

        10.6.3 Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print Jobs

              When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter with duplex (two-
              sided) print jobs, the software ignores the respective
              positions of left (verso) and right (recto) pages. The
              first page you specify with the PAGE_LIMIT parameter will
              always be a recto page.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                To successfully print with PAGE_LIMIT on both sides
                of the paper and maintain the positions of recto and
                verso pages, you must specify a recto page for the
                first page to print.

                _____________________________________________________

              The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting or
              ending page, is 999999.





                                       Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-11

 






     10.7 Specifying the Logical Page Size

           Certain types of files contain instructions for the size
           of the page that will be printed. The application that
           generates PostScript files, for example, assumes a certain
           media size and generates PostScript data to create pages
           of that size.

           Note, however, that the logical page size specified in the
           file differs from the physical size of a sheet of paper.
           You specify the physical sheet size using the SHEET_SIZE
           parameter. Use the PAGE_SIZE parameter to specify the
           logical page size for files that do not have instructions
           for the page size.

           If you do not specify SHEET_SIZE in your PRINT command,
           the PAGE_SIZE value is assumed to be the physical sheet
           size as well. In a print job where neither PAGE_SIZE nor
           SHEET_SIZE are specified, the DECprint Supervisor software
           assumes the size of the media loaded into the default
           input tray.

           To list the PAGE_SIZE values supported by the DECprint
           Supervisor, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER PAGE_SIZE
           command.

           To print an ANSI file using a logical page that will fit
           on a business envelope, enter the following command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE=BUSINESS_ENVELOPE ADDR.TXT

           If you include the PAGE_SIZE parameter in a print job for
           PostScript files, the parameter is ignored. However, you
           can include both the PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE parameters
           to allow the logical page to be adjusted to fit on the
           physical sheet (see Section 10.8).

           Some page sizes are known by multiple names, as listed in
           Table 10-2. You may use any of these names to specify a
           page size to DCPS. The DCPS term is the term printed by
           DCPS on the trailer page and reported in error messages.




     10-12 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 






        10.8 Changing the Size of the Printed Page

              In a PostScript file, the page size is the size of the
              media that the application assumes when generating the
              PostScript file. In most cases, the page size and the
              sheet size are identical. However, you can specify a
              different page size and sheet size so that the logical
              page is scaled to fit on the physiscal sheet. For example,
              use the following command tp print B-size images on A-size
              paper:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A,PAGE_SIZE=B) MOD_LINE.TXT

              When you specify the PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE parameters
              with different values, the DECprint Supervisor software
              automatically scales the pages to fit the sheet size,
              including borders around pages as if you had specified
              the NUMBER_UP parameter. You can use the LAYUP_DEFINITION
              parameter as described in Chapter 11 to disable borders.

        10.8.1 Automatic Scaling When Queue Has PAGE_SIZE and
               SHEET_SIZE Parameters

              DCPS assumes an implicit NUMBER_UP=1 when all of the
              following conditions exist:

              o  Queue default parameters for both PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_
                 SIZE have been set to different sizes

              o  Your PRINT command does not specify these parameters:

                 -  PAGE_SIZE

                 -  SHEET_SIZE

                 -  INPUT_TRAY

              o  NUMBER_UP and LAYUP_DEFINITION are not specified for
                 the queue or in your print command

              NUMBER_UP=1 scales the logical page size to fit on the
              physical sheet size. This results in the same behavior as
              specifying different values for PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE
              on the command line without specifying NUMBER_UP or LAYUP_
              DEFINITION.

                                       Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-13

 






              ________________________Note ________________________

              Files that contain instructions to select a paper
              tray or media size may not print as expected when
              you use this method of scaling pages.

              _____________________________________________________






































     10-14 Using Advanced Page Layouts

 









                                                                      11
        ________________________________________________________________

                                 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents



        11.1 Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs

              Layup is a printing system feature that allows you to
              map logical pages to physical sheets. The page layout
              adjustments you can make include specifying the number of
              pages to print on each sheet of paper, setting margins,
              and using borders around pages.

              Page layup adjustments can be specified in two ways. You
              can include layup options directly in the PRINT command
              line, or you can include a layup definition file in the
              print job.

        11.1.1 Specifying Layup in the Print Job

              You can include a layup definition file in the print job
              using the following command format:

              $ PRINT file-name.PS/PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup_file

              In the PRINT command line, include the name of the layup
              definition file for layup_file, but do not include the
              file type .LUP.

              You can directly specify one or more layup options in the
              PRINT command by including them in the LAYUP_DEFINITION
              parameter as shown here:

              $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS)",NUMBER_UP=2)

              This command is useful for disabling borders when using
              the NUMBER_UP parameter. When you provide layup options
              directly using the LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter, you
              must include the quotation marks and the parentheses to
              distinguish the options from a layup definition file name.

                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-1

 






           The layup options are listed in Table 11-1.


           Table_11-1_Layup_Definition_File_Options__________________

           Layup_Option__Operation_Performed___Reference_____________

           ALTERNATE     Exchanges a pair of   Section 11.1.2
                         margins on alternate
                         sheets.

           BORDERS       Draws a border        Section 11.1.3
                         around each page.

           FIRSTPAGE     Specifies the first   Section 11.1.4
                         page spot (print
                         location) where
                         a page will be
                         printed.

           GRID          Sets the number       Section 11.1.5
                         of page spots on a
                         sheet in columns and
                         rows. (This option
                         overrides NUMBER_
                         UP.)

           MARGINS=t,b,l,rets the margins for  Section 11.1.6
                         a sheet, where t is
                         the top margin, b is
                         the bottom margin, l
                         is the left margin,
                         and r is the right
                         margin. Pages are
                         scaled to fit within
                         the margins.

           PAGEORDER     Specifies the order   Section 11.1.7
                         in which pages
                         appear on a sheet.





     11-2 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






              Table_11-1_(Cont.)_Layup_Definition_File_Options__________

              Layup_Option__Operation_Performed___Reference_____________

              PAGESPERSHEET Sets the number       Section 11.1.8
                            of pages that will
                            print per sheet, no
                            matter how many page
                            spots are set by
              ______________NUMBER_UP.__________________________________

              The following sections describe the layup options in
              more detail. Section 11.2.1 includes some sample layup
              definition files.































                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-3

 






     11.1.2 Specifying Margin Alternation

           The ALTERNATE option lets you exchange a pair of margins
           on alternate sheets. This option is useful to prepare a
           job for double-sided copying.

           Table 11-2 describes the values that can be supplied to
           the ALTERNATE option.

           Table_11-2_ALTERNATE_Option_Values________________________

           Value___Result____________________________________________

           LEFT    Left and right margins alternate.

           RIGHT   Left and right margins alternate.

           none    Same behavior as LEFT.

           TOP     Top and bottom margins alternate.

           BOTTOM__Top_and_bottom_margins_alternate._________________

           If you specify ALTERNATE with no option values, the left
           and right margins alternate.

           Margin alternation is part of the default processing for
           print jobs with the following print parameters:

           o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE

           o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX

           o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE

           Margin alternation is not performed as part of the
           default processing for print jobs with the following print
           parameters:

           o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=1

           o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX

           If you omit /PARAMETERS=SIDES from the PRINT command,
           the margin alternation processing depends on the printer
           hardware (refer to your printer owner's manual).

     11-4 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






        11.1.3 Specifying and Omitting Borders

              The BORDERS option draws a border around each page.
              Borders are useful for differentiating pages when you
              are printing a job using PRINT/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP. (If
              you use NUMBER_UP, the default is to draw borders.) You
              can turn off the borders using the NOBORDERS option.

              Borders are drawn around actual pages only, not around
              all page spots. This feature allows you to distinguish
              between blank pages in a document and nonexistent pages.
              Figure 11-1 shows four pages printed on a sheet without
              the borders option. The command is:

              $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=4,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(NOBORDERS)") MYFILE.MEM

              Figure 11-2 shows the same pages printed with borders,
              which is the default action for print jobs with NUMBER_UP.
              The command is:

              $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.MEM
























                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-5

 







     11.1.4 Specifying the First Page Spot to Use

           The FIRSTPAGE option specifies the first page spot (that
           is, location) where a page will be printed.

           You must specify a value to FIRSTPAGE. The value is the
           number of the page spot on which to print the first page.
           Page spots are numbered starting at 1. The value supplied
           to FIRSTPAGE must be less than or equal to the value
           supplied to NUMBER_UP. You cannot specify NOFIRSTPAGE.

           The default is to use the first page spot on a sheet.

           The FIRSTPAGE option affects only the first sheet of the
           print job. All other sheets begin printing at page spot 1.

           The FIRSTPAGE option is useful for specifying how to print
           pages when you need to preview the layout of pages for
           documents with right and left pages. Without the FIRSTPAGE
           option, pages are printed at all the page spots. You can
           use FIRSTPAGE to print your layout in a way that reflects
           the right and left pages.






















     11-6 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






              Figure 11-3 shows how pages are printed when the NUMBER_UP
              value is 8 and the FIRSTPAGE value is not specified. For
              example:

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS$A10/PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=8 MYFILE.PS

              Note that the last page printed on the first side is a
              left page.





































                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-7

 






           Figure 11-4 shows how pages are printed when NUMBER_UP=8
           and FIRSTPAGE=2 are both used. For example:

     $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS40$A10/PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=8,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(FIRSTPAGE=2)") MYFILE.PS

           As this figure shows, the last page printed is a right
           page.

     11.1.5 Specifying the Page Grid

           Instead of using the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINT
           command to specify the maximum number of page spots on a
           sheet, you can use the GRID option in a layup definition
           file.

           The GRID option takes two values. The first value is the
           number of columns in the grid, the second is the number of
           rows. The product of the two values cannot exceed 100.

           The grid is interpreted in relation to the pages, not the
           sheet. As with NUMBER_UP, the orientation of the pages is
           independent of the sheet orientation. Thus, you can print
           pages with portrait orientation, but you hold the sheet in
           landscape to read them.

           The following example specifies that the pages will print
           6-up, in a grid of two columns across and three rows down:

           Grid = 2, 3

     11.1.6 Specifying Sheet Margins

           The MARGINS option sets the margins of the sheet on which
           you are printing. This option takes four values. The
           values set the top, bottom, left, and right margins for a
           sheet. The numbers are interpreted as printer's points.
           (There are 72 points to an inch.)

           Always specify the values for sheet margins in the
           following order: top, bottom, left, and right. Sheet
           margins are independent of whether the page is portrait
           or landscape orientation. Positive values move toward the
           center of the page; negative values move away from the
           center of the page.

     11-8 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






              When you print using a layup definition file that uses
              the MARGINS option, the page is scaled to fit on the area
              of the sheet that is left when margins are subtracted.
              Therefore, the size of text and graphics may be changed on
              the printed document to fit the margins you specify. When
              pages are scaled, the aspect ratio (relationship of page
              height to page width) is preserved. Where there is space
              left, it is equally divided on both sides of the page (see
              Figure 11-5).

              If you specify the MARGINS option but do not specify any
              values, layup uses a value of 36 for all four margins. If
              you specify NOMARGINS, the software uses the value 0 for
              all four margins.

              The default margin setting is a 36-point margin (a half
              inch) on all sides.

              The following example creates a wide left margin:

        $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS40$A10/PARAMETERS=("LAYUP_DEFINITION=(MARGINS=10,10,60,10)") MYFILE.TXT

              This example sets the margins as follows:

              Top margin  10 points

              Bottom      10 points
              margin

              Left        60 points
              margin

              Right       10 points
              margin

        11.1.7 Specifying the Order of Page Spots to Use

              The PAGEORDER option sets the order in which the pages
              appear on the sheet, that is, the reading order of the
              pages.

              You must supply a value to PAGEORDER. Table 11-3 describes
              the eight values that can be used. The default page order
              is RightDown.

                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-9

 






           Table_11-3_PAGEORDER_Option_Values________________________

           Value_____Description_____________________________________

           RightDown Pages are ordered left to right, top row first,
                     then moving down.

           LeftDown  Pages are ordered right to left, top row first,
                     then moving down.

           RightUp   Pages are ordered left to right, bottom row
                     first, then moving up.

           LeftUp    Pages are ordered right to left, bottom row
                     first, then moving up.

           DownRight Pages are ordered top to bottom, left column
                     first, then moving right.

           DownLeft  Pages are ordered top to bottom, right column
                     first, then moving left.

           UpRight   Pages are ordered bottom to top, left column
                     first, then moving right.

           UpLeft    Pages are ordered bottom to top, right column
           __________first,_then_moving_left.________________________


















     11-10 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






              Figure 11-6 shows how pages are printed with each
              PAGEORDER value in landscape orientation.

              Figure 11-7 shows how pages are printed with each
              PAGEORDER value in portrait orientation.








































                           Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-11

 






     11.1.8 Specifying the Number of Pages to Print on Each Side of
            a Sheet

           The NUMBER_UP parameter to the PRINT command determines
           the maximum number of pages you can print for each sheet.
           The PAGESPERSHEET option in a layup definition file
           specifies how many pages are actually printed on a sheet.

           Because NUMBER_UP determines the number of page spots, it
           also determines the layout of the page spots on the sheet.
           PAGESPERSHEET determines only the range of page spots to
           use, not their layout.

           You must supply a value to PAGESPERSHEET, and the value
           must be less than the value supplied to NUMBER_UP. You
           cannot specify NOPAGESPERSHEET.

           The default is to use all the page spots on a sheet.

           For example, assume you have a layup definition file
           called SIXPAGES.LUP that contains the following line:

           PagesPerSheet = 6

           To print a file called MYFILE.TXT, use the following
           command:

           $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=(LAYUP_DEFINITION=SIXPAGES,NUMBER_UP=8) MYFILE.TXT

           Even though this command provides eight page spots for
           each sheet, the job prints with six pages on a sheet,
           leaving the other two page spots blank.

     11.2 Creating Layup Definition Files

           You can create the layup definition files that you need,
           include options to specify the margins, page placement,
           and borders, and then ask your system manager to copy the
           file into a directory defined by the systemwide logical
           name DCPS$LAYUP.

           When you create a layup definition file with selected
           layup options, follow these rules:

           o  Name the layup definition file using the file type
              .LUP. The file name can contain letters, numbers,
              underscores (_),  and hyphens (-) as long as the
              hyphen is not the first character.

     11-12 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






              o  Include each option to be specified in the file layup_
                 file.LUP. Start each layup option on a new line.

                 Blank lines and white space within lines are ignored.

              o  To include comments in the file, begin the line
                 with an exclamation point (!). Comments are helpful
                 for describing effects of the options in the layup
                 definition file.

              o  Do not abbreviate layup options.

              o  You can use lowercase or uppercase letters for options,
                 since the layup function is not case sensitive.

              o  For layup options that take values (indicated by an
                 equal sign (=) following the option name), you must
                 include at least one value after the equal sign. To
                 specify multiple values, use commas to separate the
                 values.

              o  If you specify a layup option more than once in a layup
                 definition file, the last setting in the file is used.

              o  Ask your system manager to store the layup definition
                 file in a system area pointed to by the logical name
                 DCPS$LAYUP (see the DCPS System Manager's Guide).

              Some examples of layup definition files are provided with
              the DECprint Supervisor software and are described in
              Section 11.2.1.

        11.2.1 Sample Layup Definition Files

              The first three layup definition files in this section are
              included with the DECprint Supervisor software. They are
              located in the directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS].

              o  The following sample layup definition file is for a
                 print job that is printed one page to a sheet. It sets
                 a wide left margin, so the pages can be hole-punched.
                 It does not alternate the margins, and it turns off
                 borders.


                           Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-13

 






              ! LPS$SINGLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow for
              ! hole punching.  This file is for single sided printing.

              noborders
              margins = 19, 19, 60, 19
              noalternate

           o  The following sample layup definition file is for a
              print job that is going to be copied double-sided and
              then hole-punched. It alternates the larger margin. It
              turns off the borders, since it is intended for jobs
              that are printed one page to a sheet.

              ! LPS$DOUBLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow for
              ! hole punching. This file is for double sided printing.

              noborders
              margins = 19, 19, 60, 19
              alternate = left

           o  The following sample layup definition file is for jobs
              that are printed with more than one page to a sheet,
              for example, a job printed with NUMBER_UP=6. This file
              uses borders to differentiate pages. It leaves a wide
              left margin, but does not alternate margins.

              ! LPS$NUP.LUP specifies a variation for 2 up printing. A larger
              ! left margin is specified to allow for hole punching. This file
              ! is for single sided printing.

              borders
              margins = 19, 19, 60, 19

           o  The following sample layup definition file is for jobs
              that print one page per sheet. It maintains the full
              size of the page image, but allows a wide margin for
              hole-punching by using a negative right margin. The
              negative right margin moves some of the page image off
              the physical sheet, so this layup definition file is
              good only for pages that have page margins.

              ! LPS$ShiftForHoles.LUP specifies a wide left margin for hole-
              ! punching without scaling down the size of the page image.  The
              ! negative margin means some of the page image is off the physical
              ! sheet.  It is meant for printing one page per sheet.

     11-14 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents

 






                 noborders
                 margins = 0, 0, 60, -60


        11.3 Layup Error Notification

              Errors in layup definition files are returned with the
              identification BADLAYDEF. To display the error messages
              on your terminal, use the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT
              command line. To print or keep error messages, use the
              MESSAGES parameter to the PRINT/PARAMETERS command. Error
              messages use the following format:

              %DCPS-W-BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition

              The condition describes the problem and line-number is
              the line number in the layup definition file on which
              the error occurred. See Section A.3 for the text and
              explanation of the messages generated by errors in a layup
              definition file.

























                           Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-15

 









                                                                      12
        ________________________________________________________________

                                       Using Forms in Your PRINT Command



              The system manager can create form definitions, which you
              can include in your PRINT command to modify the appearance
              of your printed file. When you specify an unknown form,
              DECprint Supervisor informs you immediately. If you
              specify an unknown setup module to modify your file,
              DECprint Supervisor does not inform you of the problem
              until it starts printing the job and needs to access the
              setup module.

              Example 12-1 shows a PRINT command that includes a form
              called LANDSCAPE.

              Example 12-1 Including a Form in a PRINT Command

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=LPS20/FORM=LANDSCAPE

              The following sections explain how to use forms.

        12.1 Finding Forms on Your System

              To find the forms available for your use, issue the
              following command:

              $ SHOW QUEUE/FORM

              A list of forms and their functions is displayed:

              Form name                            Number   Description
              ---------                            ------   -----------






                                  Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-1

 






           PITCH12 (stock=DEFAULT)                 122   12 Characters per Inch
           PITCH13 (stock=DEFAULT)                 121   13.2 Characters per Inch
           PITCH16 (stock=DEFAULT)                 120   16.5 Characters per Inch
           PITCH6 (stock=DEFAULT)                  125   6 Characters per Inch
           PITCH660 (stock=DEFAULT)                124   6.6 Characters per Inch
           PITCH8 (stock=DEFAULT)                  123   8.25 Characters per Inch
           PORTRAIT (stock=DEFAULT)                 20   80 by 60 (portrait)
           PS (stock=LASER)                       2001   Postscript Form

           You can display the attributes of a form using the SHOW
           QUEUE/FORM/FULL command. For example this command displays
           the attributes of DCPS$DEFAULT:

           $ SHOW QUEUE/FORM/FULL DCPS$DEFAULT

           Form name                            Number   Description
           ---------                            ------   -----------
           DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)           1115   DCPS default
               /LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80

           This form sets the page length and width, truncates long
           lines, and uses a default paper stock.

     12.2 Using Forms with ANSI Files

           Most of the time, you use form definitions with ANSI
           files, because many of the qualifiers for form definitions
           apply only to ANSI files. The qualifiers allow you to
           specify the page length and margins and allow long lines
           to either truncate or wrap to the next line. Files with
           data types besides ANSI, such as PostScript, have internal
           controls that set up your page's attributes.

           Table 12-1 shows the qualifiers that affect only ANSI
           files.










     12-2 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command

 






              Table_12-1_DEFINE/FORM_Qualifiers_for_ANSI_Files__________

              This_Qualifier_._._.__Does_the_Following_._._.____________

              /LENGTH=n             Sets the length of each page, in
                                    lines.

              /MARGIN=keyword=n     Sets the page margins.

              /PAGE_SETUP=module    Applies a page setup module to each
                                    page in the job.

              /[NO]TRUNCATE         Truncates long lines that do not fit
                                    in the page width.

              /WIDTH=n              Sets the width of the page in
                                    columns or characters.

              /[NO]WRAP:            Wraps lines wider than the page to
              ______________________the_next_line.______________________

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                These form definitions are useful only with ANSI
                files, because other types of files have internal
                controls for these attributes.

                _____________________________________________________

        12.3 Using Forms with All Types of Files

              There are two qualifiers that the system manager can use
              with all types of files: /SETUP and /STOCK. The following
              sections explain what those qualifiers do.

        12.3.1 Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules (/SETUP)

              Your system manager can associate a setup module with a
              form. To see if a setup module has been included in a form
              definition, issue the SHOW QUEUE/FORM/FULL command and
              look for the /SETUP qualifier in the descriptions of the
              forms. For example:

              $ SHOW QUEUE/FORM/FULL

              Form name                            Number   Description
              ---------                            ------   -----------
              CONFIDENTIAL (stock=DEFAULT)           15     Prints CONFIDENTIAL on each page
                 /LENGTH=66 /SETUP=(PRIVATE) /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80

                                  Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-3

 






           In this example, the setup module called PRIVATE is
           included in the form definition.

     12.3.2 Using Forms that Specify the Paper Stock (/STOCK)

           Your system manager can use the /STOCK qualifier to
           specify a type of paper that must be used when a form
           is invoked. When you use that form, you must ensure that
           the the specified stock is in the printer. Otherwise,
           the job is held in the queue until you load the specified
           stock or use a different form definition.

           To see if a form requires special stock, issue the SHOW
           QUEUE/FORM/FULL command and look for the /STOCK qualifier
           in the description of the form. For example:

           $ SHOW QUEUE/FORM/FULL LANDSCAPE

           Form name                            Number   Description
           ---------                            ------   -----------
           LANDSCAPE (stock=DEFAULT)                10   132 by 66 (landscape)
               /LENGTH=66 /MARGIN=(TOP=2,BOTTOM=4) /SETUP=(LANDSCAPE) /STOCK=DEFAULT
               /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=132

           If the /STOCK qualifier has the DEFAULT parameter, any
           type of paper is allowed.

     12.4 Using the Default Form Definition

           If you omit a form definition in your print request but
           supply one of the following qualifiers, the default form
           definition DCPS$DEFAULT is automatically associated with
           your ANSI file:

           o  /HEADER

           o  /SPACE

           o  /PARAMETERS=[NO]TAB

           To find the attributes of the default form definition,
           issue the following command:



     12-4 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command

 






              $ SHOW QUEUE/FORM/FULL DCPS$DEFAULT

              Form name                            Number   Description
              ---------                            ------   -----------
              DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)           1115   DCPS default
                  /LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80







































                                  Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-5

 









                                                                      13
        ________________________________________________________________

                                       Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs




              This chapter contains general information about using
              setup modules, and information about setup modules that
              can be used by several printers. See Chapter 18 for
              information about printer-specific modules.

              You can also use setup modules implicitly through the use
              of forms, as described in Chapter 12.

        13.1 What Is a Setup Module?

              A setup module is a file containing instructions that
              modify the appearance of a print job or redefine the
              instructions in the print job.

              To include a setup module in a print job, use the /SETUP
              qualifier in the PRINT command. The following example
              uses a setup module that specifies 600 dots-per-inch (DPI)
              resolution:

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=LPS32$2SIDES/SETUP=RES_600X600 IMAGE.PS

        13.2 Locating Setup Modules

              DCPS ships with various setup modules, which are located
              in the following device control library:

              SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB

              To list the setup modules, use the following command:

              $ LIBRARY/LIST SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB



                                  Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-1

 






           A list of setup modules, similar to the following example,
           is displayed:

           DCW1000_DISPLAY
           DCW1000_ENHANCED
           DCW1000_HIGHRES
           LPS$$APPLE360_INITPSDEVICE
           LPS$$APPLE360_SETINPUTTRAY
           RES_1200X1200
           RES_1200X600

              ________________________Note ________________________

              Do not modify any of the setup modules or the device
              control library.

              _____________________________________________________

           Some setup modules are created only for certain printers.
           Those setup modules have the printer name as part of their
           file name. For instance, the setup module DL3500_RET_DARK
           is intended for the DEClaser 3500 printer.

           See Section 13.4 and later sections for descriptions of
           some of the setup modules.

     13.2.1 Locating Custom Setup Modules

           Custom setup modules go in special device control
           libraries, which are required to be .TLB (text library)
           files located in SYS$LIBRARY. The following command lists
           all of the text libraries in SYS$LIBRARY. To determine
           which of these libraries are special device control
           libraries used with DCPS, check with your system manager
           or correlate the .TLB file names with the libraries
           and library search lists associated with the /LIBRARY
           qualifier for your system's DCPS print queues.

           $ DIRECTORY SYS$LIBRARY:*.TLB






     13-2 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

 






        13.2.2 Displaying the Contents of a Setup Module

              To see the instructions that a setup module contains,
              follow these steps:

              1. Extract the setup module from the device control
                 library. The following example extracts the setup
                 module DI_ON from DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB and renames it
                 MYSETUP.TXT in the user's directory:

                 $ LIBRARY/EXTRACT=(DI_ON)/OUT=MYSETUP SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB

              2. Type or edit the setup module to display its contents.
                 For example:

                 $ TYPE MYSETUP.TXT

                 The setup module DI_ON enables the DECimage image
                 enhancement feature, and contains the following
                 instructions:

                 %!
                 % ~~~~~~~~~~ DI_on ~~~~~~~~~~
                 statusdict begin false setDECimage end
                 systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel} {1} ifelse
                 2 ge {currentpagedevice /Install get exec} if
                 statusdict begin true setDECimage end
                 % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Some setup modules contain escape sequences or
                graphics, which cannot be displayed when you type
                the file.

                _____________________________________________________

        13.3 Creating a Setup Module

              To create a setup module, follow these steps:

              1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary
                 escape sequences or PostScript operators.

              2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into
                 a device control library.

                                  Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-3

 






           3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the
              file. For example:

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS$A14/SETUP=module-name MYFILE.DAT

     13.4 Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup Modules

           The following setup modules invoke the DECimage feature or
           modify the DECimage parameters. They are grouped into the
           following categories:

           o  Enabling and Disabling DECimage

              Table 13-1 lists setup modules that leave all current
              parameters intact and turn DECimage on or off. It is
              not necessary to use these modules if you use other
              DECimage setup modules. The DECimage setup modules
              automatically invoke DECimage for the current print
              job.

           Table_13-1_Enabling_and_Disabling_DECimage________________

           Setup_Module__________Description_________________________

           DI_ON                 Turns DECimage ON

           DI_OFF________________Turns_DECimage_OFF__________________

           o  Combined Parameters

              Table 13-2 lists setup modules that adjust two DECimage
              parameters simultaneously.

           Table_13-2_DECimage_Setup_Modules-Combined_Parameters_____

           Setup_Module__________Description_________________________

           DI_HICONTRAST         Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 0.8

           DI_LOCONTRAST         Punch0 = -.1, Punch1 = 1.1

           DI_BRIGHTER           Punch0 = -.2, Punch1 = 0.8

           DI_DARKER             Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 1.2

           DI_NORMAL_____________Punch0_=_0,_Punch1_=_1______________

           o  Individual Parameters

     13-4 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

 






                 When you specify one of the setup modules listed
                 in Table 13-3, all other parameters remain at the
                 default value or the value most recently modified by
                 another setup module. The setup modules have no order
                 dependency, so you may specify them in any order on the
                 PRINT command line.


              Table_13-3_DECimage_Setup_Modules-Individual_Parameters___

              Setup_Module__________Description_________________________

              DI_PUNCH0_0           Punch0 = 0

              DI_PUNCH0_0P1         Punch0 = 0.1

              DI_PUNCH0_0P2         Punch0 = 0.2

              DI_PUNCH0_M0P1        Punch0 = -.1

              DI_PUNCH0_M0P2        Punch0 = -.2

              DI_PUNCH1_1           Punch1 = 1

              DI_PUNCH1_0P8         Punch1 = 0.8

              DI_PUNCH1_0P9         Punch1 = 0.9

              DI_PUNCH1_1P1         Punch1 = 1.1

              DI_PUNCH1_1P2         Punch1 = 1.2

              DI_SHARP_0P5          Sharpness = 0.5

              DI_SHARP_1            Sharpness = 1.0

              DI_SHARP_1P5          Sharpness = 1.5

              DI_SHARP_2            Sharpness = 2.0

              DI_SHARP_2P5__________Sharpness_=_2.5_____________________

              For example, the following command adds sharpening and
              shifts the gray levels:

              $ PRINT/NOTIFY/QUEUE=queue/SETUP=(DI_SHARP_2,DI_DARKER) file

        13.5 Resolution Setup Modules

              You can use the following resolution setup modules to
              temporarily change the resolution on multiple resolution
              printers:

              o  RES_300X300 - 300 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi vertical
                 resolution

                                  Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-5

 






           o  RES_600X300 - 600 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi vertical
              resolution

           o  RES_600x600 - 600 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical
              resolution

           o  RES_1200x600 - 1200 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical
              resolution

           o  RES_1200x1200 - 1200 dpi horizontal by 1200 dpi
              vertical resolution

              ________________________Note ________________________

              Not all of these setup modules are applicable to all
              printers.

              _____________________________________________________



























     13-6 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs

 









                                                                      14
        ________________________________________________________________

                                       Controlling File Separation Pages



              The printing system can produce both job separation pages
              (job burst pages, job flag pages, and job trailer pages)
              and file separation pages. The system manager can define
              the job separation pages and default file separation pages
              for the queue. Users cannot affect the job separation
              pages, but can control whether to print file separation
              pages.

              Files in a print job can be separated by:

              o  File burst pages

              o  File flag pages

              o  File trailer pages

              You can control the inclusion of file flag pages using the
              following PRINT command qualifiers:

              o  /BURST for file burst pages at the start of a file in
                 the print job.
                 /NOBURST to prevent printing of file burst pages.

              o  /FLAG for file flag pages at the start of a file in the
                 print job.
                 /NOFLAG to prevent printing of file flag pages.

              o  /TRAILER for file trailer pages following a file in the
                 print job.
                 /NOTRAILER to prevent printing of file trailer pages.





                                  Controlling File Separation Pages 14-1

 






     14.1 Controlling File Separation Pages for All Files

           You can specify the default file separation behavior
           for all files in a print job by placing the /[NO]BURST,
           /[NO]FLAG, and /[NO]TRAILER qualifiers between the PRINT
           command and the first file specification.

           For example, the following command will print a file burst
           page before each file:

           $ PRINT /BURST FIRST.TXT, SECOND.TXT

           If you do not specify the behavior for a type of file
           separation page (for example, the above command does not
           specify flag or trailer pages), the default behavior is as
           specified by the queue's /DEFAULT qualifier. If /DEFAULT
           does not specify a particular type of separation page,
           then none is generated.

           The negated qualifiers (for example, /NOTRAILER), are
           useful in overriding a queue's default qualifier (for
           example, /DEFAULT=TRAILER).

     14.2 Controlling File Separation Pages for Individual Files

           You can alter the default file separation page behavior
           for individual files within a print job by placing the
           qualifiers after the corresponding file specifications.

           For example, you can use the following command to override
           a queue's /DEFAULT=BURST qualifier and instead print file
           flag pages for all but the second file in a job:

           $ PRINT /NOBURST /FLAG FIRST.TXT, SECOND /NOFLAG, THIRD

     14.3 Displaying the Default Separation Pages for a Queue

           To see the default separation pages for a queue, enter the
           following command:






     14-2 Controlling File Separation Pages

 






              $ SHOW QUEUE /FULL PS20$A14

              Printer queue PS20$A14, on STAR::LPS, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT
              (stock=DEFAULT)
                  /BASE_PRIORITY=4 /DEFAULT=(FLAG,FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT))
                  /NOENABLE_GENERIC /LIBRARY=DCPS_LIB Lowercase /OWNER=[SYS,SYSTEM]
                  /PROCESSOR=DCPS$SMB /PROTECTION=(S:E,O:RD,G,W:W)
                  /SCHEDULE=(NOSIZE)
                  /SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)

              This display shows that the job burst pages and job
              trailer pages are printed for print jobs sent to this
              queue (/SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)). File flag pages are
              printed by default, as indicated by /DEFAULT=FLAG, but can
              be overridden by PRINT command qualifiers.

        14.4 Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to Default Tray On Error

              The job log and job trailer pages, if any, are normally
              directed to the output tray you specified with the OUTPUT_
              TRAY parameter. However, if DCPS reports a NOOUTTRAY,
              OUTTRAYNOTAVL, or OUTTRAYMISMATCH error when initially
              attempting to select the specified output tray, the
              job log and trailer pages are instead directed to
              the printer's default output tray so that you get an
              indication of the problem.



















                                  Controlling File Separation Pages 14-3

 









                                                                      15
        ________________________________________________________________

                                             Selecting Finishing Options



              Some printers have a finisher, often sold as an option,
              that can punch or staple your output. This chapter
              describes how to select these printer features from DCPS.

        15.1 Punching

              DCPS can punch your job if the printer has a puncher
              installed. Punching with DCPS is supported on the
              following printers:

                 GENICOM Intelliprint mL450
                 GENICOM LN45
                 Lexmark Optra W810
                 Lexmark W820

        15.1.1 PUNCH DCL Syntax

              Punching is specified with the PRINT parameter PUNCH.

                                        [PUNCH    ]
              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(..., [NOPUNCH  ] ,...) file_name
                                        [         ]

              There are no values to the PUNCH parameter. The position
              of the punched holes is determined by the orientation
              of the paper in the printer, and the number and spacing
              of holes is determined by the printer. When NOPUNCH is
              specified, the job is printed without punching, overriding
              the printer's default punch setting.






                                        Selecting Finishing Options 15-1

 






     15.2 Stapling

           DCPS can staple your job if the printer has a stapler
           installed. Stapling with DCPS is supported on the
           following printers:

              Compaq Laser Printer LN32
              Compaq Laser Printer LNM40
              GENICOM Intelliprint mL450
              GENICOM LN45
              GENICOM LNM40
              GENICOM microLaser 320
              GENICOM microLaser 401
              HP LaserJet 4200
              HP LaserJet 4300
              HP LaserJet 8000
              HP LaserJet 8100
              HP LaserJet 8150
              HP LaserJet 9000
              HP LaserJet 9000 MFP
              Lexmark W820

     15.2.1 STAPLE DCL Syntax

           Stapling is specified with the PRINT parameter STAPLE.

                                             [ LEFT_CENTER ]
                                             [ TOP_CENTER  ]
           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(..., STAPLE= [ TOP_LEFT    ] ,...)
                                             [ TOP_RIGHT   ]
                                             [             ]
                                             [ NONE        ]

     file_name

           These values specify the position of the staple with
           respect to the orientation of the image on the paper. When
           NONE is specified, the job is printed without stapling,
           overriding the printer's default staple setting.






     15-2 Selecting Finishing Options

 






        15.2.2 Stapling Positions

              Some of the values for the STAPLE parameter are not
              always possible, depending on the direction in which
              the paper is fed through the printer. See Table 15-1
              for possible stapling positions depending on your job's
              page orientation and the printer's paper feed direction.
              In the table, "Port" and "Land" refer to portrait and
              landscape page orientation, and "LEF" and "SEF" refer to
              long-edge-feed and short-edge feed direction of paper in
              the printer.

              Table_15-1_Stapling_Positions_and_Paper_Feed_Direction____

                              Staple Position and Image Orientation
                                                                 LEFT_
                          TOP_LEFT    TOP_CENTER    TOP_RIGHT    CENTER
              Printer
              Brand______Port__Land___Port__Land___Port__Land___Port__Land

              Compaq,    LEF,  LEF,   SEF   LEF    SEF   LEF    LEF   SEF
              GENICOM,   SEF   SEF
              Lexmark,
              Xerox

              HP         SEF                             SEF
              LaserJet
              4200,
              4300

              HP         LEF,         SEF   LEF          LEF    LEF   SEF
              LaserJet   SEF
              8000,
              8100,
              8150,
              9000______________________________________________________

              If you specify an unsupported staple position, DCPS issues
              the error message STPPOSNOSUP and does not print the job.






                                        Selecting Finishing Options 15-3

 






     15.2.3 Output Trays

           Stapled output can only be delivered to the output trays
           attached to the finisher. Table 15-2 lists the supported
           output trays for each printer.

           Table_15-2_Output_Trays_Supported_for_Stapling____________

           Printer_Brand_________Output_Trays________________________

           Compaq, GENICOM,      STACKER / BIN_1
           Xerox

                                 BIN_2

                                 BIN_3

           HP,_Lexmark___________STACKER_/_BIN_2_____________________

           If you specify a tray not supported for stapling, or
           do not specify a tray but the printer's default output
           tray is not supported for stapling, DCPS issues the error
           message STPOUTTRAY and does not print the job.

     15.2.4 Paper Sizes

           Printers do not support stapling on every paper size
           and feed direction. In general, envelope sizes are not
           supported for stapling.

           If you specify a size that cannot be stapled, DCPS issues
           the error message STPSIZENOSUP and does not print the
           job.

     15.2.5 Stapling Details

           Please note the following details when using stapling with
           DCPS:

           o  Single sheet jobs are not stapled.

           o  If no STAPLE parameter is specified, the printer's
              default stapling setting is used. If the printer's
              default is set to staple all jobs and you do not want
              your DCPS job stapled, specify STAPLE=NONE.

     15-4 Selecting Finishing Options

 






              o  If the printer has a tray called STAPLER, the printer's
                 default staple position will be used instead of the
                 position specified in the DCPS print command. Job burst
                 and flag pages, if any, will be stapled to the job.

              o  If the number of sheets in your job exceeds the
                 printer's stapling capacity (usually around sixty
                 sheets), your job is printed but not stapled.

              o  Job separator pages, if any, are not stapled. File
                 separator pages, if any, are stapled with your file.

              o  A file that calls for multiple paper sizes cannot be
                 stapled.

              o  PCL files will be stapled if requested. They will
                 be translated to PostScript using the DCPS PCL4
                 translator, rather than being interpreted by the
                 printer's native PCL interpreter. If your PCL file
                 contains any PCL escape sequences introduced after
                 PCL4, the sequences will be ignored.

              o  When using the NUMBER_UP parameter, the image
                 orientation on the page may change. This affects the
                 relative position of the staple, as seen in the example
                 in Figure 15-1. The X indicates the staple positions
                 when specifying STAPLE, NUMBER_UP and PAGE_ORIENTATION
                 parameters. (PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT is the default
                 if not specified.)

              Figure 15-1 Effects of NUMBER_UP on Stapling














                                        Selecting Finishing Options 15-5

 









                                                                      16
        ________________________________________________________________

                                        Using the Error Handler to Debug



              The device control library includes an error handler to
              help debug PostScript programs. The error handler prints
              the last partial page of output, as well as information to
              help identify the error.

        16.1 Including the Error Handler in a Print Job

              The error handler is not automatically included each time
              a job prints (unless your system manager has changed this
              default). Therefore, you must explicitly invoke it, as
              follows:

              $ PRINT/SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER filename

              The error handler returns PostScript messages. You can
              send these messages to a file or printer by using the
              /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES qualifier as described in Chapter 17.
              For example:

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS40$A10/PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP FILE.PS

              If you are developing PostScript applications, you can
              make the error handler easier to access by defining a form
              to include the error handling setup module, as described
              in Chapter 12.

        16.2 How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript Environment

              The error handler references operators from the dictionary
              systemdict, rather than using definitions that may have
              been modified by the user program.

              In some cases, a program can behave differently when the
              error handler is loaded. For example, executing the exit
              operator outside a looping context causes an invalidexit
              error if the error handler is not loaded. However, if

                                   Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-1

 






           the error handler is loaded, the program exits without
           generating an error.

     16.3 Error Handler Example

           The sample log file in Example 16-1 is for the following
           PostScript program:

           [/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level [/4th-level 56 ] ] ] (end)]
           /myproc { [ 8 8 ] 0 0 div setdash } def
           100 200 moveto
           myproc

           The following command includes the error handler and
           causes a log file to be generated:

           $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP/SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER filename

           Example 16-1 shows the error handler output that is
           appended to the log file when the program executes.

























     16-2 Using the Error Handler to Debug

 






              Example 16-1 Sample Error Handler Log File

              ERROR: undefinedresult 1
              OFFENDING COMMAND: div 2

              OPERAND STACK:  3

              0
              0
              [ 8 8 ]
              [/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level  -array- ] ] (end) ]

              EXECUTION STACK: 4

              { setdash }

              GRAPHICS STATE:  5
              Current Matrix: [ 4.16667 0.0 0.0 -4.16667 0.0 3298.0 ]
              Color: 0.0
              Current position: x = 100.0, y = 200.0
              Line width: 1.0
              Line cap: 0
              Line join: 0
              Flatness: 1.0
              Miter limit: 10.0
              Dash pattern: [ ] 0.0

              The array defined at the start of the example file is
              expanded three levels deep. The innermost version of the
              array is represented simply as -array-.

        16.4 Reading Error Handler Output

              When an error occurs, the error handler executes a
              showpage command to print the last partial page of
              output (see Example 16-1). It also gives the following
              information:

              1  The name of the error

              2  The PostScript operator that encountered the error

              3  The contents of the operand stack

                 The error handler displays the value of each object
                 on the stack, with numbers in decimal. All elements
                 of arrays and procedures are displayed recursively to
                 a maximum depth of three levels. Indicators describe

                                   Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-3

 






              other objects, for example, -savelevel- for a save
              object.

              The first item displayed is the object on the top of
              the stack.

           4  The contents of the execution stack

              The execution stack contains partial procedures that
              are being executed. The top object is a procedure
              that contains the operators and operands still to be
              executed. The second object is the unexecuted part of
              the calling procedure.

           5  Information about the graphics state:

                 Current transformation matrix
                 Color (a currentgray value)
                 Current position
                 Line width
                 Line cap
                 Line join
                 Flatness
                 Miter limit
                 Dash pattern

           When you find an error in the PostScript code, you should
           modify the application that produced the file, or inform
           the applications programmer of the problem.

     16.5 PostScript Data Output Format

           PostScript data is easily identifiable, usually in the way
           the data appears in a PostScript source file. The error
           handler represents PostScript data as follows:

           o  Arrays are displayed recursively, so that each element
              in an array is fully expanded, even if it is another
              array. Objects in an array are expanded only to a
              depth of three, to prevent indefinite recursion when
              displaying an array that contains itself.

              Arrays are executable and nonexecutable. Executable
              arrays are procedures displayed in braces ({ }) and
              nonexecutable arrays are displayed as several objects
              in brackets ([ ]).  If the array has no read access or

     16-4 Using the Error Handler to Debug

 






                 if the recursion depth has been exceeded, the array is
                 represented by one of the following:

                    -array- for normal arrays
                    -proc- for executable arrays
                    -packedarray- for packed arrays
                    -packedproc- for packed executable arrays

              o  A Boolean object is represented by TRUE or FALSE,
                 depending on its value.

              o  A dictionary object is represented by -dictionary-.

              o  A file object is represented by -filestream-.

              o  A font object is represented by -fontid-.

              o  An integer is represented by a decimal number.

              o  A mark object is represented by -mark-.

              o  A name object is represented by the literal name of the
                 object, preceded by a slash for literal names.

              o  A null object, for example, the initial value of each
                 element of an uninitialized array, is represented by
                 -null-.

              o  An operator is represented by the operator name,
                 preceded by two slashes.

              o  A real object is represented by a decimal number,
                 with a decimal point and at least one digit after the
                 decimal point.

              o  A save object is represented by -savelevel-.

              o  A string object is represented by the ASCII text of
                 the string in parentheses, just as the string would be
                 entered in a PostScript file.

              The PostScript language may be extended to include new
              data formats that are unknown to the error handler. Data
              in unknown formats is represented as two question marks
              followed by the name of the unknown data format.

                                   Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-5

 






     16.6 Determining Where the Error Occurred

           It may be impossible to determine exactly where in
           the PostScript stream the error occurred, because the
           execution stack may not uniquely identify the context.
           In this case, you can add diagnostics information to the
           PostScript file. For example, if the error appears to be
           related to a showpage definition, modify your PostScript
           code as follows:

           /myshowpage
              {
              (At the top of my showpage\n) print flush
              % some PostScript code
              (Just before real showpage call\n) print flush
              showpage
              } def




























     16-6 Using the Error Handler to Debug

 









                                                                      17
        ________________________________________________________________

                                               Solving Printing Problems



              This chapter describes how to interpret messages and solve
              problems with printing on PostScript printers. If the
              problem cannot be solved without privileged authority, see
              your system manager for help.

        17.1 Displaying and Saving Error Messages

              To detect, understand, and solve problems with print jobs,
              gather information about the print job as it is processed.
              The following list describes some ways to gather the
              information:

              o  Include the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command to
                 ensure that all printing system messages are displayed
                 on your terminal.

              o  Read the job trailer page, if any. This page is printed
                 to separate print jobs and to record information about
                 the print job. If the print job includes any messages,
                 the last of them are printed on the trailer page. If
                 your print job completed printing but the printing
                 system was not able to follow its instructions exactly,
                 the messages on the trailer page reflect the action
                 taken.

              o  Produce a job log page using the MESSAGES parameter
                 with the PRINT keyword. For example:

                 $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=PRINT MYFILE.PS

              o  Store print job messages in a message log file. Use
                 the MESSAGES parameter with the KEEP keyword to create
                 a log file that contains the print job messages. For
                 example:

                 $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP MYFILE.PS

                                          Solving Printing Problems 17-1

 






           o  When the print job is completed or terminated, a file
              is created in your login directory (SYS$LOGIN) called
              DCPS$JOB_nnn.LOG. This file name contains the job
              number for job nnn.


     17.2 Interpreting Messages

           Interpreting print job messages can help you to solve
           print job problems and to submit more successful and
           efficient print jobs.

           You should try to determine the source of messages. Some
           messages come from the PostScript code in the printer (see
           Section 17.2.1).

           Messages often come from the DECprint Supervisor software.
           The file you are printing or the OpenVMS system can send
           messages (see Section 17.2.2).

           If you print to a PrintServer printer, you can receive
           messages from the PrintServer Supporting Host software
           (see Section 17.2.3).

     17.2.1 PostScript Errors

           PostScript errors can be identified by the phrase
           "offending command is name".

           The PostScript printer contains a PostScript interpreter
           that translates PostScript code into mechanical functions
           that transfer the data onto the physical page through
           marking functions.

           Many applications generate PostScript files, and many
           types of printers print in PostScript. Files and printers
           are not always completely compatible.

           You can solve some PostScript printing problems using the
           techniques described in Section 4.7.

           If your application generates PostScript Level 3 files,
           you need a printer that supports PostScript Level 3. If
           your application generates PostScript Level 2 files, you
           need a printer that supports PostScript Level 2 or Level
           3. PostScript Level 1 files can generally be printed on
           PostScript Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 printers.

     17-2 Solving Printing Problems

 






              If a PostScript error is generated from printing non-
              PostScript files, the application that generated the files
              should be modified.

              Virtual Memory Errors

              Not all PostScript printers are capable of printing all
              PostScript images and documents. Depending on what type of
              printer you are using, certain PostScript files may or may
              not exceed the printer's virtual memory limitations. The
              success of printing these files depends largely on:

              o  How the file was generated by the application.

              o  How resources (fonts, setup modules, prologues) are
                 retained in the printer.

              o  How the print job is handled by the DCPS software.

              If your print job fails to print because of a virtual
              memory limitation, you receive the following error:

              %DCPS-W-VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted -
              offending command is string.

              You can do one of the following to fix the problem:

              o  Recreate the PostScript file using options in your
                 application to make better use of the printer's virtual
                 memory.

              o  Use a printer with more available memory to print the
                 file.

        17.2.2 DECprint Supervisor Messages

              Messages from the DECprint Supervisor software start
              with the prefix DCPS. These messages and the actions you
              should take when they indicate problems, are described in
              Appendix A.

              The OpenVMS system provides the queue manager for the
              OpenVMS batch/print queuing system. When your print job
              stops or is terminated by the queue manager, it sends
              OpenVMS messages to your terminal. When you have enabled
              message notification by including /NOTIFY in your PRINT
              command, you receive messages from both the OpenVMS queue
              manager and the DECprint Supervisor software.

                                          Solving Printing Problems 17-3

 






     17.2.3 Solving PrintServer Software Problems

           The PrintServer Software provides the management of
           PrintServer printers and sends messages to indicate when
           print jobs encounter problems. You can use the Remote
           Console facility or the Printer Status monitor to check
           the current status of the printer.

     17.2.4 Problems with Files Generated on a PC or Macintosh
            System

           Files generated by PC or Macintosh applications may be
           incompatable with your printer or DCPS. See Section 4.3
           for more information.

     17.3 Getting Help On Line

           If you receive error messages about your PRINT parameters,
           use the HELP command to ensure that you are using valid
           values. You can get help about the PRINT parameters by
           entering the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER command.

           For those parameters that control printer-specific
           features, the HELP file lists the acceptable parameters.
           Enter HELP PRINT_PARAMETER followed by the parameter name
           (such as INPUT_TRAY). Then enter the name of the printer
           model.

           For example, to display a list of the input tray values
           for PrintServer printers, enter the following command:

           $ HELP PRINT_PARAMETER INPUT_TRAY PRINTSERVER

           PRINT_Parameter

             INPUT_TRAY

               PrintServer_Printers







     17-4 Solving Printing Problems

 






                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | Input tray      |    PrintServer    |
                         | Values          | 20 | 32 | 40 | 17 |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | MANUAL_FEED     |    |    |    | X* |
                         | NOMANUAL_FEED   |    |    |    | X* |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | BOTTOM          |  X |  X |    |  X |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | TOP             |  X |  X |  X |  X |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | ENVELOPE_FEEDER |    |    |    |  X |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | LCIT            |  X |  X |  X |  X |
                         +-------------------------------------+
                         | MIDDLE          |  X |  X |  X |    |
                         +-------------------------------------+

                            * With PrintServer Supporting Host V5.0


























                                          Solving Printing Problems 17-5

 









                                                                      18
        ________________________________________________________________

                                            Printer-Specific Information



              This chapter provides general user information about using
              DCPS with specific printers. Refer to the DCPS System
              Manager's Guide and DCPS Release Notes for additional
              printer-specific information.

        18.1 DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] Printer

              The DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] printer is an upgrade
              to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000. References in the
              DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000
              also apply to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+].

        18.1.1 Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes

              If you specify a sheet size that is supported by the
              printer but not currently loaded in any of its input
              trays, the printer will request that you load the
              specified sheet size. In other printers, the request is
              rejected with a SIZNOTAVL error.

        18.1.2 INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE Parameters

              DCPS does not allow you to specify both a paper size and
              an input tray when using the Colorwriter LSR 2000, due to
              a printer restriction. If you attempt to do so, you will
              get a NOSHEETANDTRAY error. You can, however, specify one
              as long as you omit the other.

        18.1.3 ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64 Lines

              The Colorwriter LSR 2000 printer has a minimum top margin
              of a half-inch, which limits the imageable area to less
              than the 66 lines required to display text at the default
              font size on A-size sheets. To prevent the top lines of
              each page from overlapping the nonimageable area, the ANSI
              translator reduces the normal output to 64 lines.

                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-1

 






           If you wish to use 66 lines you can do so by specifying
           parameters of (NUMBER_UP=1) or (LAYUP=COLORWRITER-2000-
           FULL-PAGE). These parameters cause DCPS to scale the image
           to the imageable area.

     18.2 DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer

     18.2.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules

           You can use the setup modules listed in the table below to
           change various printer attributes for your print job.

           __________________________________________________________
           Setup_Module__________Description_________________________

           DCW1000_STANDARD      300 x 300 dpi; fastest printing at 2
                                 ppm

           DCW1000_ENHANCED      300 x 300 dpi with dither enhance at
                                 1.5 ppm

           DCW1000_HIGHRES       300 x 600 dpi with dither enhance at
                                 1 ppm

           DCW1000_VIVDBLUE      More blue than purple

           DCW1000_DISPLAY       Picture light; monitor display
                                 simulation

           DCW1000_SIMPRESS      Printing press simulation

           DCW1000_NOCORECT______No_color_correction;_DEFAULT________

           For example, the following command prints at 300 x 600 DPI
           and specifies vivid blue colors:

           $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DCW1000_VIVDBLUE,DCW1000_HIGRES) file

     18.3 DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printer

     18.3.1 Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs When Using AppleTalk

           Deleting a job printing on the DEClaser 1152 printer can
           cause the next job to hang when all of these conditions
           exist:

           o  The AppleTalk (LocalTalk) port of the DEClaser 1152 is
              used

           o  The deleted job leaves many pages in the printer's
              buffer so that the printer continues to print long
              after the job is deleted

     18-2 Printer-Specific Information

 






              o  The next print job starts before all the pages of the
                 previous job complete.

              This next job does not print, but remains in the queue as
              printing, and the queue eventually stalls. The problem
              occurs because the printer has accepted an AppleTalk
              connection before it is ready. The hung job must be
              deleted and submitted again. The job may take some time
              (up to 90 seconds) to delete.

        18.4 DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer

        18.4.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules

              The modules described in this section apply to the
              DEClaser 3500 printer only. They allow you to enhance
              resolution, enable toner saver modes, and download a
              version of the DECimage-Lite image enhancement technology
              to the printer.

        18.4.1.1 Setup Modules for Resolution Enhancement

              The resolution enhancement setup modules perform smoothing
              to both text and graphics. The level of smoothing is
              increased in the DARK setup module and decreased in the
              LIGHT setup module. The dark setting makes thin lines
              a little thicker and may not be desirable. The factory
              default setting for the printer is medium.

              o  DL3500_RET_DARK

              o  DL3500_RET_MED

              o  DL3500_RET_LIGHT

              o  DL3500_RET_OFF

        18.4.1.2 Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode

              The toner saver setup module DL3500_TSAVER renders all
              characters as outlines and outlines dark areas of any
              graphics as well. This feature is useful for draft copies
              of documents and provides a medium level of resolution
              enhancement to the page.

                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-3

 






     18.4.1.3 Setup Modules for DECimage-Lite

           The DECimage-Lite modules provide five different contrast
           (punch) settings:

           DL3500_DI_HC          Increase contrast by 20%

           DL3500_DI_LC          Decrease contrast by 20%

           DL3500_DI_BRIGHTER    Increase brightness by 10%

           DL3500_DI_DARKER      Increase darkness by 10%

           DL3500_DI_FLAT        Apply the special halftone without
                                 gray level adjustment

           Notes:

           o  These modules are mutually exclusive. The last one
              listed will be the one that takes effect.

           o  The DECimage-Lite feature conflicts with the RET
              feature of the printer. One or the other may be used,
              but not both. Since the printer's default setting for
              RET is on, the DECimage-Lite setup modules turn it off
              for the current job.

     18.4.1.4 Setup Module Example

           The following example increases darkness for the specified
           print job:

           $  PRINT /SETUP=(DL3500_RET_DARK) filename

     18.4.2 Using the FAX Option

           You can use four example files in [SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]
           to help you send FAX messages with the DEClaser 3500
           printer, and may freely distribute these files to driver
           developers and end users. These files may be used on
           OpenVMS, UNIX, or DOS operating systems that do not
           have an application for using the DEClaser 3500 as a FAX
           sender. For Microsoft Windows 3.1 and Macintosh systems,
           drivers are available for sending a FAX and should be used
           instead of these files.

           Send these header files ahead of the actual PostScript
           or text file that is to be faxed from the DEClaser 3500
           printer and modify the header files for each application.
           Each of the files is heavily commented and contains
           additional information on how to edit and use the files.

     18-4 Printer-Specific Information

 






              In addition, the file [SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_3500_
              PRINTME.PS explains how to use the header files.

              o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS.PS - Used for sending a PostScript
                 file as a standard CCITT FAX transmission, which can
                 received by any FAX receiver.

              o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS - Used to send a
                 PostScript file as PostScript data suitable for
                 other DEClaser 3500 printers or other PostScript FAX
                 receiver. If the receiver cannot accept the PostScript
                 data, the call is terminated, and the printer re-
                 computes the data into CCITT data format and re-dials.

              o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT.PS - Used for sending a text file
                 as a standard CCITT FAX transmission, which can be
                 received by any FAX receiver.

              o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT_SENDPS.PS - Used to send a text
                 file as PostScript data suitable for a DEClaser 3500
                 printer or other PostScript FAX receiver. If the
                 receiver cannot accept the PostScript data, the call is
                 terminated, and the printer re-computes the data into
                 CCITT data format and re-dials.

              You can also fax ANSI documents using the DEClaser 3500
              fax option, in addition to PostScript and text files as
              described above. Documents consisting only of lines of
              printable ASCII characters can be sent as a text file fol-
              lowing the instructions in SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_
              3500_PRINTME.PS, or as an ANSI document as described
              below. Documents containing tabs, form feeds, other
              control characters, or ANSI escape sequences must be sent
              using the instructions below.

              To fax an ANSI document, a privileged OpenVMS user must
              first create a fax setup module which contains information
              about the fax recipient. Once the setup module exists, you
              use the PRINT/SETUP command to send ANSI documents to the
              recipient.

              1. Create a fax settings file that includes fax informa-
                 tion for a particular recipient. Use SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]DL3500_
                 SEND_FAX_PS.PS or DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS as a
                 template, depending on whether you are sending a fax to

                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-5

 






              a standard CCITT fax machine or a PostScript fax device
              such as the DEClaser 3500.

           2. Have your system manager create a custom PostScript
              device control library if your site does not already
              have one:

              $ LIBRARY /CREATE /TEXT SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_name

              where library_name is the name you have chosen for your
              library.

           3. The system manager should ensure that the DCPS_
              LIB logical name points to both the DCPS device
              control library (DCPS$DEVCTL) and your custom
              device control library or libraries. See the DCPS
              System Manager's Guide and the comments in the
              SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM command procedure for
              more information.

              If the definition of DCPS_LIB is changed, the DCPS
              queues that will be used for sending faxes must be
              stopped and restarted.

           4. The system manager then creates the fax settings module
              from the fax settings file:

              $ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT -
              _$ SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_name fax_settings_file

              where fax_settings_file specifies the file containing
              the fax information.

           Now, you can fax ANSI documents with the following
           command:

           $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=ANSI -
           _$ /SETUP=fax_settings_module fax_file

           where fax_settings_module is the name of the setup module
           that your system manager created and fax_file is the ANSI
           document that you want to fax.

     18.5 DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printer

     18-6 Printer-Specific Information

 






        18.5.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules

              The following page-protection setup modules adjust the
              bitmap for the printed page.

              Table 18-1 DEClaser 5100 Printer Page Protection Setup
              ___________Modules________________________________________

              Setup_Module__________Description_________________________

              DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON    Full page bitmaps

              DL5100_PAGEPROT_OFF___Partial-page_bitmaps_and_banding____

              Using the full-page bitmap is referred to as page-
              protection, and allows complex pages to print. However,
              the requested resolution may not be possible if memory
              resources are low.

              Page-protection settings take priority over resolution
              settings. If low memory resources cause a conflict, the
              requested page-protection mode takes precedence. Add the
              /NOTIFY switch on the print command line when using these
              modules so that you can see any messages reported by the
              printer.

              The modules have no order dependency on the print command
              line.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                If the printer does not have sufficient memory
                resources to comply with the request, and the
                parameters change to successfully print the job,
                you receive a message containing that information.
                The message also contains the modified parameters.
                The following is an example of this message; the
                data varies according to the specific situation.

                 %%[ ConfigInfo: Insufficient printer resources.
                 Resolution set to [300 300] - Page-Protection ON ]%%

                _____________________________________________________


                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-7

 






           The following example prints at 600 DPI and enables page
           protection:

           $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON,RES_600X600) file

     18.5.2 Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk Port

           When you print PCL files using the native PCL interpreter
           through the LocalTalk port, you may see the following
           error when the PCL job ends:

           %DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command
                          is <1B>E<1B>

           %DCPS-E-FLUSHING, Rest of Job (to EOJ) will be ignored

           The entire file has been printed, but the printer
           may hang. The front panel displays PS Localtalk as an
           indication of the hang. To restore normal operation, press
           the Reset button on the printer's front panel.

     18.6 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+

           The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+ is an upgrade to the
           DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15. References in the DCPS
           documentation to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15 also apply
           to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+.

     18.6.1 Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear

           USERDATA messages from the job currently printing on the
           LN15 may appear when your DCPS job is waiting to print.
           For example, such messages will appear on your screen
           if you used the /NOTIFY qualifier when printing. These
           messages should be ignored, as they have no affect on your
           job.

     18.6.2 Choosing Input Trays

           You will get erroneous output or receive an error message
           when trying to print to the optional lower tray if the
           lower tray contains paper of a different size than the top
           tray. If both input tray and and paper size are specified
           using INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM and either PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE
           parameters, you will get a SIZNOTRAY error. Specifying
           INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM without specifying paper size will
           result in improperly positioned or truncated output. To

     18-8 Printer-Specific Information

 






              avoid this problem, select the bottom tray by paper size
              only.

        18.6.3 Jobs with Errors May Not Complete

              If you specify incorrect job parameters or your job gets
              a PostScript error, your job may never finish because
              the LN15 printer does not always send an error message
              to DCPS. Use the DELETE /ENTRY command to remove the job
              from the queue and make the printer available for other
              jobs. If the LN15 printer displays "PS Error 19" or the
              LN15+ displays "WAIT TIMEOUT / Press Continue", you must
              also press the CONTINUE button on the printer to resume
              printing. To avoid having to press the printer button, set
              the printer's PostScript timeout setting to a value of 0.

        18.6.4 Jobs May Not Issue Failure Notifications

              Jobs that are printed with the /NOTIFY qualifier and fail
              may not issue failure messages. You will, however, get a
              DCPS error page printed when such errors occur.

        18.7 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps

              The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps is an upgrade to
              the DIGITAL LN17ps printer. References in the DCPS
              documentation to the DIGITAL LN17ps printer also apply
              to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps.

        18.7.1 Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps

              Printer output on the LN17ps might be clipped when the
              following conditions are met:

              o  You specified an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT or
                 MULTIPURPOSE

              o  You specified a sheet size

              o  The imageable area of the requested sheet size was
                 larger than the console-specified size for the manual
                 tray

              To avoid such clipping, use INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED.

                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-9

 






           When you specify an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT or
           MULTIPURPOSE for the LN17ps along with a sheet size, DCPS
           requires you to specify the sheet size that matches the
           console-specified manual size.

     18.8 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40

     18.8.1 Jogging and Collation

           The following problems can be seen on the DIGITAL Laser
           Printer LN40 printer when the printer console setting
           OFFSET STACKING is ON:

           o  If a SHEET_COUNT parameter value greater than 1 is
              specified, job and file separator pages are printed
              offset from the user job. In addition, the copies of
              each page of your job are offset from the copies of the
              previous page.

           o  If your document was produced on a PC or contains
              PostScript commands specifying the number of copies
              to print, you may not get the desired jogging or copy
              behavior that you expect. For example, you may only get
              a single copy of your document, you may get collated
              copies that are offset from each other, or the job's
              trailer page (if any) may be printed after the first
              copy of your document.

              To avoid these restrictions, use the /COPIES or /JOB_
              COUNT qualifiers with your PRINT command rather than
              the SHEET_COUNT parameter. Also, do not specify a copy
              count other than 1 when producing a document on a PC.

           o  If the printer's COLLATION setting is OFF, the first
              DCPS job printed after the LN40 has been powered on
              will print with each page offset from the previous
              page. There is no workaround for this problem.

     18.9 Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02

           The Compaq Laser Printer LNC02 is equivalent to the
           DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02. References in the DCPS
           documentation to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02 also
           apply to the Compaq Laser Printer LNC02.

     18-10 Printer-Specific Information

 






        18.9.1 Incorrect Sheet Count

              The sheet count reported on the job trailer page and
              in the OpenVMS accounting file is incorrect due to a
              limitation with the LNC02 printer. There is no known
              workaround. The LNC02 has, however, an accounting feature
              that can be used to track printer utilization.

        18.10 HP LaserJet Printers

        18.10.1 Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text

              The HP LaserJet IIID, LaserJet IIISi LaserJet 4M, LaserJet
              4ML, LaserJet 4MX, and LaserJet 4SiMX printers have a
              slightly smaller printable area than other printers. As a
              result, if you print an ANSI text file that utilizes 66
              lines per page, the bottom three points of the 66th line
              will not print.

              You can work around this restriction by using layup
              options. One solution is to create and use a layup
              definition file with the following options:

                   noborders
                   margins = 0, 3, 0, 0

              Or, you can provide those options directly on the command
              line:

              $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS;MARGINS=0,3,0,0)")

              The LaserJet 5M printer has a similar restriction for 66
              lines of ANSI text, except that you need to allow for an
              11-point (versus 3-point) bottom margin.

        18.11 HP LaserJet 4MV

        18.11.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes

              The 4MV printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards
              for B5 paper sizes. For this printer, the JIS size is
              regarded as paper while the ISO size is regarded as
              an envelope. In DCPS, there is only one B5 option for
              specifying sheet size. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as
              follows:

                                      Printer-Specific Information 18-11

 





           __________________________________________________________
           Parameter________Config._____Result_______________________

           SHEET_SIZE=B5    ISO is      Pages print in tray xxx with
                            loaded in   ISO image area
                            tray xxx

           SHEET_SIZE=B5    JIS is      DCPS reports "B5 medium not
                            loaded in   loaded in printer_name"
                            tray xxx

           INPUT_TRAY=xxx,  ISO or JIS  Pages print in tray xxx with
           SHEET_SIZE=B5    is loaded   ISO image area, regardless of
           (xxx is MANUAL_  in tray     the B5 variant
           FEED)            xxx

           INPUT_TRAY=xxx,  ISO or JIS  Pages print in tray xxx with
           SHEET_SIZE=B5    is loaded   the correct image area for
           (xxx is          in tray     each B5 variant
           anything but     xxx
           MANUAL_FEED)______________________________________________

     18.12 HP LaserJet 5SiMX

     18.12.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes

           The 5SiMX printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards
           for B5 paper sizes. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as
           described in Section 18.11.1.

     18.12.2 Optional Mailbox

           DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP 5SiMX
           printer from one through eight, which is consistent with
           the numbers molded into the plastic beside the bins. The
           5SiMX console, in contrast, refers to these same bins as
           numbers two through nine.

     18.13 HP LaserJet 2100 and 2200

     18.13.1 Media Size Not Selectable

           The HP LaserJet 2100 and 2200 printers cannot detect the
           size of paper in their trays. Therefore, the following
           restrictions apply when using DCPS with this printer:

           o  It is not possible to select media by paper size.

     18-12 Printer-Specific Information

 






              o  If paper of a different size than the default is loaded
                 in a tray, its size will be considered as the default
                 size. For example, if the default printer paper size
                 is letter, a legal-size document will be truncated to
                 letter size when printing on legal size paper.

              To avoid printing on the wrong size paper, set the tray
              with the default paper size "unlocked" and set all other
              trays "locked".

        18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500

        18.14.1 Media Size Not Selectable

              The HP LaserJet 2500 printer cannot detect the size of
              paper in its trays. Therefore, the following restrictions
              apply when using DCPS with this printer:

              o  It is not possible to select media by paper size.

              o  If paper of a different size than the default is loaded
                 in a tray, its size will be considered as the default
                 size. For example, if the default printer paper size
                 is letter, a legal-size document will be truncated to
                 letter size when printing on legal size paper.

        18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP

        18.15.1 Stapling

              Output trays STACKER and STAPLER refer to the same
              physical tray, included with the printer's optional
              finisher.

              The preferred way to specify stapling is with the DCPS
              parameter STAPLE, which offers four different staple
              positions and takes page orientation into account when
              determining staple position. Therefore, when specifying
              stapled output with the STAPLE parameter, use OUTPUT_
              TRAY=STACKER.

              If you specify OUTPUT_TRAY=STAPLER, the printer will
              staple output by default and place the staple in the
              printer's default staple position. Job burst and flag
              pages, if any, will be stapled to your job.

                                      Printer-Specific Information 18-13

 






           Not all staple positions are possible given the printer's
           paper feed direction and page orientation specified.
           Also, the HP LaserJet 9000 offers more possible stapling
           positions than the LaserJet 4200 and 4300 printers, which
           can staple only at the top left for portrait output and
           top right for landscape output.

     18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150

     18.16.1 Optional Mailbox

           DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP LaserJet
           8000 printer from 1-5, 1-7 or 1-8, depending on the
           particular option installed. This is consistent with
           the numbers molded into the plastic beside the bins. The
           printer's console, in contrast, refers to these same bins
           as numbers two through nine. Refer to the HP LaserJet User
           Guide for your printer model for more information about
           the numbering and purpose of trays with different options
           and configurations.

     18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+

     18.17.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes

           The Optra Rt+ printer supports both the JIS and ISO
           standards for B5 paper sizes. DCPS handles the two B5
           sizes as described in Section 18.11.1.

     18.18 Lexmark Optra S

     18.18.1 Printing Otherenvelope and Universal Paper Sizes

           Lexmark Optra S printers can print paper sizes Otherenvelope
           and Universal. Otherenvelopetray (612 x 996) and Universal
           (612 x 1020) have different page sizes than Legal (612 x
           1008). However, they have the same imageable area as Legal
           (600 x 996), so will be treated as the same size. Users
           wanting these sizes should specify PAGE_SIZE=LEGAL.






     18-14 Printer-Specific Information

 









                                                                       A
        ________________________________________________________________

                                      System Messages and Error Recovery



              This appendix describes system messages issued by the DCPS
              software. These messages are identified by a facility code
              of DCPS. Refer to the OpenVMS System Messages: Companion
              Guide for Help Message Users for descriptions of other
              messages issued by the OpenVMS operating system or use
              the online help message utility with the command HELP
              /MESSAGE.

              This appendix includes the following sections:

              o  System message overview, Section A.1

              o  Message descriptions, Section A.2

              o  Layup definition (BADLAYDEF) messages, Section A.3

        A.1 System Message Overview

              DECprint Supervisor system messages are classified into
              two categories based on their destination. Some messages
              are sent to the system operator, others go to the user.

              To receive user messages, use the /NOTIFY qualifier with
              the PRINT command. The messages are sent in response to
              your print request and in response to system conditions
              that affect your print request.

              To receive operator messages, you need operator (OPER)
              privileges and must execute the REPLY/ENABLE=PRINTER
              command. You then receive the operator messages that apply
              to your host system.




                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-1

 






              ________________________Note ________________________

              To system managers: To receive operator messages,
              ensure that OPCOM is running. Start OPCOM by issuing
              the command:

              $ @SYS$SYSTEM:STARTUP OPCOM

              Start OPCOM before executing the REPLY/ENABLE=PRINTER
              command.

              _____________________________________________________

     A.1.1 Message Format

           DCPS system messages have one of the following formats:

           %fac-s-ident, text
           -fac-s-ident, text

           __________________________________________________________
           Code___Meaning____________________________________________

           %      The prefix for all primary messages

           -      The prefix for all continuation messages

           fac    The facility code, which should be DCPS

           s      The severity level of the message

           ident  An abbreviation of the message text

           text___The_expanded_text_of_the_message___________________

     A.1.2 Severity Level

           The severity levels of DECprint Supervisor system messages
           are defined as follows:

           __________________________________________________________
           Code_Meaning______________________________________________

           S    Success - successful completion of the request

           I    Informational - may require user action

           W    Warning - request may not have completed and may
                require user action

           E    Error - system encountered an error that may be
                recoverable

           F    Fatal - system encountered a fatal error and cannot
           _____continue_processing_this_request_____________________

     A-2 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






        A.2 Message Descriptions

              The following messages are alphabetized by the ident
              portion of the messages, ignoring any underscores ("_
              ") that may be present. The message prefix, facility
              designation and severity code are not shown. If the
              facility designation is other than DCPS, refer to the
              OpenVMS System Messages: Companion Guide for Help Message
              Users for the message description or use the online help
              message utility with the command HELP /MESSAGE.

         BAD_DATATYPE, Unexpected data type data-type at line n in
            DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file

            Explanation: A data type given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There
            will be no attempt to match the file extension to a data
            type.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            data type in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP
            /QUEUE/RESET) and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to
            be read.

         BAD_DEVCTL, Bad library device control specification - string.

            Explanation: This message appears when an error occurs in
            the specification of a component, indicated by string, in
            the logical device control library.

            User Action: Change the specification and restart the
            queue.

         BAD_FILETYPE, Unexpected file type file-extension at line n in
            DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE

            Explanation: A file extension given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There
            will be no attempt to match the file extension to a data
            type.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            file extension. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE
            /RESET) and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to be
            read.

                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-3

 






       BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition

         Explanation: There is an error in the layup definition file
         included with your print job.

         User Action: See Section A.3 for a description of the
         text that can be displayed as the condition in a BADLAYDEF
         layup definition error message. Check the line in the layup
         definition file that is indicated in the error message.

       BADLIBNAM_IGNOR, Bad library name library-name; ignored

         Explanation: The print symbiont either did not find
         library-name in your library search list, or the syntax
         for the library was not correct.

         User Action: Check the list of device control libraries
         defined in the search list in the printer startup file,
         SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM. Ensure that the libraries
         specified are in the SYS$LIBRARY directory.

       BAD_LIBRARY_NAME, Bad library name library-name; used
         qualified-library-specification

         Explanation: The library-name specified contained something
         different from the library file name.

         User Action: Check the elements of the library search list
         in the SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. Include
         only library file names, without node names, device names,
         directory names, or file name extensions.

       BADOPC, OPC belt is bad

         Explanation: The OPC belt requires replacement.

         User Action: Replace the OPC cartridge, carefully following
         the instructions in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's
         Guide.

       BADOPCTONERUFL, OPC belt is bad and or toner empty

         Explanation: The toner cartridge is empty, or the OPC belt
         requires replacement, or both.

         User Action: Replace both the toner cartridge and the
         OPC cartridge. Follow the directions in the respective
         replacement kits or refer to the procedures described in
         the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.

     A-4 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         BAD_PUNCTUATION_GETTOKEN, Unexpected punctuation for a file
            type punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE
            file

            Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected.
            A comma (,)  or colon (;) is expected to follow a file
            extension. There will be no attempt to match any file
            extension to a data type.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            punctuation in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP
            /QUEUE/RESET) and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to
            be read.

         BAD_PUNCTUATION_READDEF, Unexpected punctuation following a
            data type punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_
            DATA_TYPE file

            Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected.
            There will be no attempt to match any file extension to a
            data type.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            punctuation in the file. A colon (:)  is expected to follow
            a data type. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET)
            and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

         BADVMSVER, This product requires VMS version x.x or later to
            install

            Explanation: The DCPS software requires that your system be
            running a version of the OpenVMS operating system that is
            later than the version it is currently running.

            User Action: Upgrade your operating system to the correct
            version.

         CANTCHECKPNT, Checkpointed job job number is requeued

            Explanation: A print job was stopped and has been requeued.
            The job will print from the beginning.

            User Action: Check the printed output. If it is not
            complete, resubmit the job.

                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-5

 






       CANTUSETRN, Translator from data-type to PostScript is
         unusable

         Explanation: The translator generated a severe error and
         has been marked unusable. Subsequent jobs with data type
         data-type also incur this message and are placed on hold by
         the print symbiont.

         User Action: Restart the print queue. This action loads a
         new copy of the translator. When the queue is restarted,
         release the jobs that were placed on hold. Report this
         problem to the HP Customer Support Center.

       CFGERROR, configuration error: invalidmediumcode - offending
         command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the program that
         generated the PostScript file is in error. Refer to the
         PostScript Language Reference Manual for help in locating
         the error. Resubmit the corrected file.

       CMEMERR, Internal controller memory error

         Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor has encountered a
         memory failure in the printer controller.

         User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
         ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.

       CONAPPLICATION, Connection request is not to a LAT applica-
         tions port

         Explanation: You requested a connection to a LAT applica-
         tions port that the system does not recognize.

         User Action: Specify the correct applications port name in
         the SYS$STARTUP:LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM procedure and restart the
         queue.

     A-6 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         CONTERMINATED, Connection abnormally terminated

            Explanation: Your network connection to the printer was
            terminated abnormally. For PrintServer printers, the
            printer was turned off or a cable was disconnected.

            User Action: Make sure that the network device has power
            and that characteristics of the terminal server port that
            serves the printer agree with the characteristics listed in
            the DCPS Software Installation Guide. Restart the queue.

         CONTIMEOUT, Connection timed out, server not available, or
            incorrect server name specified

            Explanation: The connection timed out. You selected a
            server that was not available or you provided an incorrect
            server name. The timeout period is 5 seconds.

            User Action: Specify the correct server name of an
            available server. Restart the queue.

         DATAOVERUN, Data overrun

            Explanation: This message indicates a communication error.

            User Action: Set a lower baud rate for the printer.

         DATA_TYPE_MISMATCH, file-tag tagged file being processed as
            data-type

            Explanation: The file contained instructions indicating a
            data type different from the one that you included in the
            DATA_TYPE parameter.

            User Action: The file is processed using a default data
            type. If it is the correct data type, your print job is
            processed successfully. If your print job is aborted,
            resubmit the files for printing and be sure to indicate
            the appropriate data type in the DATA_TYPE parameter.

         DICTFULL, dictfull: No more room in dictionary - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is

                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-7

 






         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the message is displayed during the printing of a
         PostScript file, either the PostScript file or the
         application that generated the PostScript file is in
         error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact the
         HP Customer Support Center and submit a problem report.

       DICTSTKOV, dictstackoverflow: Too many begins

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many
         begins without corresponding ends.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and
         submit a problem report.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       DICTSTKUF, dictstackunderflow: Too many ends

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many
         ends without corresponding begins.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and
         submit a problem report.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.



     A-8 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         DISABLED, PrintServer is currently disabled and cannot accept
            jobs

            Explanation: You submitted a print job for a PrintServer
            printer that cannot accept jobs.

            User Action: Enable job acceptance on that printer.

         DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printing

            Explanation: The printer does not support printing on two
            sides of the paper.

            User Action: Resubmit your print job without asking for
            duplex printing or send it to a printer that supports
            duplex printing.

         DPXFJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by DPX feed path

            Explanation: The printer has a paper jam.

            User Action: After you clear the paper jam, the print job
            will be continued.

         DRIVEERR, Print Engine driving unit error - FATAL ERROR

            Explanation: The ScriptPrinter print driver has a fatal
            problem.

            User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the
            chapter on service in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's
            Guide.

         DTSCOPEN, Print Engine developer tray/side cover is open

            Explanation: The developer tray is open or the side cover
            is open.

            User Action: Close the developer tray or the side cover.

         EJECTJAM, Print engine paper eject section is jammed

            Explanation: This is an LN03 Image printer message
            indicating that your printer has a paper jam in the paper
            eject section.

            User Action: Clear the paper jam. Resubmit the current job.

                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-9

 






       ENVELDONTDUP, Envelopes cannot be printed duplex

         Explanation: The print job requested an envelope paper size
         and either duplex or two-sided tumble printing.

         User Action: You cannot print on both sides of the
         envelope. Resubmit the print request, changing the
         paper size requested (SHEET_SIZE, PAGE_SIZE, or INPUT_
         TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER), or changing the page layout choice
         (SIDES parameter) to one-sided printing.

       EXECSTKOV, Exec nesting is too deep - offending command is
         string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and
         submit a problem report.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       EXITSRVR, exitserver has been executed - permanent state may
         be changed

         Explanation: The PostScript operator exitserver has been
         successfully executed. The permanent PostScript system
         parameters may have been altered.

         User Action: No action is required.

       EXTNFILEOPENERR, Cannot open file extension to data_type file
         DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT

         Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could not
         find or open the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_
         TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT. There will be no attempt to match a file
         extension to a data type.

         User Action: The system manager should verify that no
         matching of file extension to data type is desired. If
         such matching is desired, a DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_

     A-10 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






            TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT should be restored from the installation,
            and a local site file (.DAT) created, if necessary. The
            queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET) and started (START
            /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

         EXTNFILEREADERR, Error reading file extension to data_type
            file DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT]

            Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could
            not read the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_
            TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT]. There will be no attempt to match file
            extensions to data types.

            User Action: The system manager should verify the integrity
            of this file. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET)
            and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

         FLUSHING, Rest of job (to EOJ) will be ignored

            Explanation: An error or some other event caused the
            PostScript interpreter to ignore the rest of the job. This
            message is preceded by informational messages about the
            reason the job was aborted.

            User Action: Check the other messages returned.

         FONTNOTFOUND, Font font-name not found

            Explanation: The font setup module specified by /PARAMETERS=FONTS_
            USED is not in the font library.

            User Action: The file is printed without the requested
            font. If you are not satisfied with the output, then
            specify a font that is in the font library, or have
            the system manager install the missing font. (Refer to
            Appendix D for more information about ordering optional
            font kits.)

         FPGGTPPS, First page > pages per sheet. First page set to 1.

            Explanation: Your print job includes a layup definition
            file that uses the FIRSTPAGE and PAGESPERSHEET options.
            However, the FIRSTPAGE option requests that the first
            page be printed in a page spot that is beyond the number
            specified with the PAGESPERSHEET option.

            User Action: No action is required if you want the pages to
            be printed at the page spots given with the PAGESPERSHEET
            layup option. For example, if PAGESPERSHEET=5, the first

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-11

 






         page on the first sheet will print in the fifth page spot.
         If you want a different spot, edit the layup definition
         file and resubmit your print job.

       FTLDEVCTL, Fatal device control library problem. Config error:
         configuration error on printer-name

         Explanation: The device control library has a fatal error.

         User Action: Report this problem the HP Customer Support
         Center.

       FUSCOPEN, Print Engine fuser cover is open

         Explanation: This message is sent when the paper exit cover
         is open.

         User Action: Close the paper exit cover.

       FUSINGERR, Print Engine fusing error - FATAL ERROR

         Explanation: There is a fatal error in the fusing mecha-
         nism.

         User Action: Call HP Customer Services. See the printer
         operator's guide for information.

       HANGUP, Data set hang-up

         Explanation: The printer was power-cycled during a print
         job and therefore the job is aborted.

         User Action: Resubmit the lost print job. Subsequent jobs
         will print normally.

       HPGENERIC, Product name product-name not recognized; assuming
         HP Generic

         Explanation: The printer model mentioned is an HP printer,
         but not one supported by DCPS. A set of commands known to
         work on other HP models will be used. It is possible that
         not all DCPS features will be supported.

         User Action: None. This message states the mode in which
         the printer will be run.

     A-12 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         ILLEGAL_CHAR, Illegal character character at line n in
            DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file

            Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There
            will be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET)
            and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

         INTERNAL_ERROR, Internal error number detected, cannot
            continue

            Explanation: A fatal internal error identified by number
            has occurred.

            User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support
            Center. Include the number from the error message in your
            report.

         INTERUPT, Interrupt: The job has been interrupted

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an external
            request to interrupt the PostScript program. This message
            is displayed as part of the Abort process.

            User Action: None. This message confirms a requested
            action.

         INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

            Explanation: The specified input tray is not currently
            installed on the printer.

            User Action: Install the required input tray and resubmit
            the print job, or resubmit the print job specifying an
            input tray that is installed.

         INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name

            Explanation: The specified input tray is not supported by
            the printer.

            User Action: Resubmit the print job, specifying an input
            tray that is supported on the printer, or specifying a
            printer that supports the required input tray.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-13

 






       INVACC, invalidaccess: Attempt to store into read-only object
         - offending command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       INVDDIFDATA, Invalid DDIF data, flushing to end of file

         Explanation: Your file contains unsupported DDIF data.

         User Action: Make sure that your file contains only DDIF
         tags from the image data subset. Then resubmit the job.

       INVDDIFFILE, File is not in DDIF format

         Explanation: You submitted a file for printing with the
         DATA_TYPE=DDIF parameter but the file did not contain DDIF
         tags.

         User Action: Resubmit your printing job with the proper
         DATA_TYPE parameter.

       INVEXIT, invalidexit: Exit not in loop

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript operator exitserver.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

     A-14 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         INVFILACC, invalidfileaccess: Bad file access string -
            offending command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         INVFONT, invalidfont: Bad font name or dictionary - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.


                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-15

 






       INVIMGPRM, Invalid DDIF image parameters, image frame ignored

         Explanation: Your file contains unsupported image parame-
         ters.

         User Action: Correct your file to include supported image
         parameters and resubmit the job.

       INVREST, invalidrestore: Improper restore - offending command
         is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       IOERROR, System I/O error occurred - offending command is
         string

         Explanation: The ScriptPrinter printer sensed an I/O error
         as a result of a communication fault.

         User Action: Resubmit the job to be printed. If the error
         occurs again, examine the communications line for hardware,
         data rate, or parity/framing problems.

       IPHOSTUNKNOWN, unknown or invalid internet host

         Explanation: The printer's internet host name is unknown or
         invalid.

         User Action: Check that you have specified the correct
         host name. If it is correct, see if the ping internet host
         utility can communicate with the printer. You may have a
         problem with your network or name server. If the problem
         has occurred since your system was rebooted, ensure that
         the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure has commands to initialize
         the associated DCPS queue, and that DCPS$STARTUP.COM will
         run whenever your system reboots.

     A-16 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         ITCOPN, Print engine paper input tray cover is open

            Explanation: The paper input tray is open.

            User Action: Close the paper input tray cover.

         JOBABORT, Job job-number aborted

            Explanation: The specified job was terminated for one of
            the following reasons. Take the actions recommended for the
            appropriate problem:

            o  You deleted an active job on the local print queue.

            o  PostScript requested that the job be aborted due to a
               printer or internal error. In this case, another error
               message provides specific information about the required
               action.

            o  The print symbiont process stopped. In this case, report
               this problem to the HP Customer Support Center with a
               description of your DECprint Supervisor configuration
               and the circumstances under which this error occurred.

            o  An internal error occurred in the job controller.

         JOBFINISH, Job job-number finish

            Explanation: The entire print job has been processed by
            the DECprint Supervisor software. This does not necessarily
            mean the print job has finished printing.

            User Action: None.

         JOB_ID, for job job-name (queue queue-name, entry job-number)
            on execution-queue-name

            Explanation: Informational message received when you
            include the /NOTIFY qualifier with the PRINT command.
            This message provides you with more information about the
            previously displayed message.

            User Action: None.

         JOBSTART, Job job-number start

            Explanation: Connection to the printer has been established
            and the printer is now printing the job.

            User Action: None.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-17

 






       KEYNOTREC, The keyword value in the /PARAMETERS qualifier was
         not recognized

         Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software detected an
         invalid keyword in the /PARAMETERS qualifier of the PRINT
         command.

         User Action: Check the syntax of the parameter you entered.
         Resubmit the print request with the correct keyword.

       KIT_EXPIRED, This version of DCPS has expired

         Explanation: The version of DCPS you are running is a field
         test version and has expired.

         User Action: Upgrade your system to a released version, or
         later field test version, of DCPS.

       LAYUPIGNORED, layup_definition parameter ignored, since
         Number_Up=0 was specified

         Explanation: You specified NUMBER_UP=0 with layup defini-
         tion, which disables layup.

         User Action: If you want to use a layup definition file,
         specify a nonzero value for NUMBER_UP or do not use the
         NUMBER_UP parameter. The default is NUMBER_UP=1.

       LAYUPOPENERR, Can't open layup definition file file-name

         Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in the
         PRINT command is not in the DCPS$LAYUP directory, or the
         DCPS$LAYUP logical is not defined.

         User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition
         file name and try the command again.

       LAYUPREADERR, Read error on layup definition file file-name

         Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in the
         PRINT command is not in DCPS$LAYUP, or DCPS$LAYUP is not
         defined.

         User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition
         file name and try the command again.

     A-18 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         LIMCHK, limitcheck: Implementation limit exceeded - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         LOGOPENERR, Can't open log file filename

            Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEP
            parameter, as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default,
            when you cannot open a log file.

            User Action: Check the user's record in the system UAF file
            and make sure it contains the correct device and directory
            name.

         LOGWRITERR, Write error on log file filename

            Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEP
            parameter, as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default,
            when you cannot write to a log file.

            User Action: Check the user's record in the system UAF file
            and make sure it contains the correct device and directory
            name.

         LOSTPATH, The current path may have been lost

            Explanation: You receive this message when layup interacts
            with a PostScript program that contains the results of the
            charpath operator in the current path during a showpage
            operation.

            User Action: Correct the PostScript program. Refer to the
            PostScript Language Reference Manual.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-19

 






       LOXJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by lower transport
         station

         Explanation: A paper jam occurred in the lower portion of
         the printer.

         User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job will be
         continued automatically.

       LPSPCLERR, Job aborted due to PrintServer protocol error

         Explanation: The client or the PrintServer printer violated
         the LAPS protocol, causing the job to be aborted.

         User Action: Try submitting the print job again. If
         necessary, reboot the printer. If the job continues to
         fail, report this problem to the HP Customer Support Center
         with a description of your PrintServer configuration and
         the circumstances under which the error occurs.

       LRJACCESSDENIED, Access denied

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your group is
         not authorized to access the port connected to the printer.
         Your connection request is rejected.

         User Action: Enable the group for the port and start the
         queue again.

       LRJACCESSREJECT, Immediate access is rejected

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot
         access LAT services at the moment.

         User Action: None. The printing system tries again later.

       LRJCORRUPT, Corrupted request

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your connec-
         tion request for LAT services was corrupt and therefore
         rejected.

         User Action: Restart the queue later.

       LRJDELETED, Queue entry deleted by server

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT
         device deleted your queue entry and terminated your LAT
         connection.

         User Action: Restart the queue and send the print job
         again.

     A-20 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         LRJDISABLE, Service is disabled

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT
            service node software is disabled.

            User Action: Restart the queue after the LAT service node
            is enabled.

         LRJILLEGAL, Illegal request parameters

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internal
            printer error has occurred.

            User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support
            Center.

         LRJINUSE, Port of service in use

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the port you
            selected is in use.

            User Action: None. The printing system retries the
            operation later.

         LRJNAMEUNKNOWN, Port Name is unknown

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you requested
            a port unknown to the service.

            User Action: Specify the correct port name in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM
            procedure and the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. Restart the
            queue.

         LRJNOSERVICE, No such service

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the service
            name is invalid or does not match any authorized group for
            the port.

            User Action: Specify a valid service name or enable your
            group for the port connected to the serial printer. Restart
            the queue.

         LRJNOSTART, Session cannot be started

            Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot
            start another session on that port at the present time.

            User Action: None. The printing system retries the
            operation later.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-21

 






       LRJNOTOFFERED, Service is not offered on the requested port

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you have
         requested a service that is not offered on that particular
         port.

         User Action: Use SHOW SERVICES and SHOW NODES to check
         service names and node names. Specify the name of a port
         that offers the required service (connection to a printer)
         in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM file and restart the queue.

       LRJNOTSUPPORT, Requested function is not supported

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internal
         printer error has occurred.

         User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support
         Center.

       LRJRESOURCE, Insufficient resources at server

         Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT device
         cannot service your request.

         User Action: None. The printing system retries later.

       LRJSHUTDOWN, System shutdown in progress

         Explanation: The system is shutting down.

         User Action: Resubmit your connection request when system
         resources have returned.

       LRJUNKNOWN, Unknown

         Explanation: Your request for a LAT connection is rejected
         for reasons that cannot be determined.

         User Action: Refer to the OpenVMS System Management
         Utilities Reference Manual for help to correct the problem
         and restart the queue.

       MANFEEDTIMEOUT, Manual feed timeout

         Explanation: You requested the manual feed input tray in
         the print job. However, the printer did not get the paper
         in the slot before the timeout occurred.

         User Action: When you use the manual feed slot, you must
         load the paper into the slot when your print job starts
         printing.

     A-22 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         NEGAREA, Layup definition margins overlap one another

            Explanation: You included a layup definition file in your
            print job that sets the margins so that they overlap.

            User Action: Edit the layup definition file to change the
            margins and resubmit your job. Refer to the MARGINS option
            in DCPS User's Guide for information.

         NEWSETUPFILE, creating new version of setup file

            Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is creating a new
            version of the setup file, used when the procedure is later
            run in setup mode.

            User Action: None. This message is informational.

         NEWSTARTUP, newer version of DCPS$STARTUP available

            Explanation: A new version of DCPS$STARTUP is available.

            User Action: Copy the new version from SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.TEMPLATE
            and incorporate your site-specific changes. This is not
            required, but recommended to keep up with new features
            incorporated into the DCPS startup procedure.

         NOCOPYPG, "copypage" is not supported by multipage layup

            Explanation: The copypage operator is ignored when you use
            layup to print more than one page to a sheet.

            User Action: None.

         NOCURPT, nocurrentpoint: Path is empty - offending command is
            string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-23

 






       NODEVCTLLIB, No device control library specified for the queue

         Explanation: The printer queue does not have a device
         control library.

         User Action: Associate the standard device control library
         with the queue and resubmit your request.

       NOFONTLIBR, Font library string not found

         Explanation: The required soft font kit has not been
         installed on the system, or there is a system problem.

         User Action: Your print job completes without the requested
         fonts. If the output is not acceptable, resubmit the print
         job after the required soft font kit has been installed.

       NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-name

         Explanation: The printer associated with the queued request
         does not support the INPUT_TRAY parameter to the PRINT
         command.

         User Action: Resubmit your print job without requesting an
         input tray.

       NOLAYUPFIL, Layup definition module module-name is not
         accessible

         Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in
         the PRINT command is not in the area pointed to by the
         DCPS$LAYUP directory, or the DCPS$LAYUP logical name is not
         defined.

         User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition
         file name and try the command again. Do not include the
         directory name or file extension of the layup definition
         file in the PRINT command.

       NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer
         name

         Explanation: The printer does not support the specified
         option of the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.

         User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting an output
         tray or use one of the acceptable options for the printer.

     A-24 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         NORMALMODE, startup running in normal mode

            Explanation: The DCPS procedure is not being run in normal,
            rather than setup, mode.

            User Action: None. This message is informational.

         NOSETUPFILE, setup file not found

            Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure was requested to be
            run in setup mode, but no previously-created setup file was
            found. Therefore, the procedure will run in normal mode.

            User Action: If the startup procedure had never been run in
            normal mode, no setup file would have been created. If it
            had, the setup file has been deleted or moved. No action is
            necessary as the startup procedure will create a new setup
            file if one is not found.

         NOSETTRAY, Tray selection is not supported by multipage layup

            Explanation: Output tray selection operators are ignored
            when you use layup to print more than one page to a sheet.

            User Action: None.

         NOSHEETANDTRAY, Cannot specify both Sheet_size and Input_tray
            on this printer

            Explanation: Both a SHEET_SIZE and INPUT_TRAY parameter
            were specified for your print job, but the two are
            incompatible for the specified printer.

            User Action: Select the desired paper using only one of
            these parameters.

         NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet size must be specified for input-tray

            Explanation: You included the INPUT_TRAY parameter with
            either the MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_FEEDER value, but you
            did not also specify the sheet size with the SHEET_SIZE or
            PAGE_SIZE parameter.

            User Action: When you specify MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_
            FEEDER, you must specify the paper size with either the
            SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE parameter.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-25

 






       NOSUCHDEV, No such device device name

         Explanation: The device name in the execution queue
         definition in SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM, the printer
         startup command file, is incorrect.

         User Action: Include the correct device name in pa-
         rameter p2 of the execution queue definition in the
         DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.

       NOTONERCART, Toner cartridge is missing

         Explanation: The printer has no toner cartridge or the
         toner cartridge has not been installed properly.

         User Action: Install the toner cartridge properly. The
         print job is completed automatically when this problem is
         corrected.

       NOT_READY, Printer not ready.

         Explanation: You tried to start a print queue and the
         printer is not connected or powered on.

         User Action: Refer to the troubleshooting procedures in
         Chapter 17 for ways to diagnose the problem.

       OFFLINE, Print engine has gone off line

         Explanation: The printer is off line.

         User Action: Put the printer back on line.

       OLDSETUP, setup file older than startup file

         Explanation: The creation date of the DCPS startup
         procedure is newer than its setup file. The startup
         procedure will use the older setup file.

         User Action: Check to see if the changes made to the
         startup procedure would affect the definition of logical
         names as defined in the older setup file. If so, create a
         new setup file by running the startup procedure without the
         SETUP parameter. If not, no action is required.

       OPCMARKERR, OPC synchronous mark error

         Explanation: The printer has a problem with its OPC
         mechanism.

         User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
         ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.

     A-26 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         OPTICERR, Print Engine optical unit error - FATAL ERROR

            Explanation: The optical unit of the printer encountered a
            fatal problem.

            User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R
            ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.

         OUTSIZNOTSUP, size-name size medium is not supported on
            printer-name output device

            Explanation: The specified sheet size is not supported by
            the printer.

            User Action: Use a supported sheet size, or use a different
            printer that supports the specified size.

         OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does
            not match requested output-tray on printer-name

            Explanation: The output tray must be manually selected on
            the printer. The print job requested an output tray other
            than the currently selected output tray.

            User Action: Either manually select the requested output
            tray and resubmit the print job, or resubmit the print job
            requesting the output tray that is currently selected on
            the printer.

         OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name

            Explanation: The specified output tray is not currently
            installed on the printer.

            User Action: Install the required output tray and resubmit
            the print job, or resubmit the print job specifying an
            output tray that is installed.

         PAPERENTRYMIS, Paper entry misfeed

            Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer input
            tray mechanism.

            User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job is
            completed automatically when this problem is corrected.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-27

 






       PAPEREXITMIS, Paper exit misfeed

         Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer output
         tray mechanism.

         User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job is
         completed automatically when this problem is corrected.

       PAPERJAM, Paper jam, job put on hold

         Explanation: A paper jam occurred at the printer. The print
         job has been put on hold.

         User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,
         issue the following DCL command to release and restart the
         print job:

         $ SET ENTRY nnn/RELEASE/NOCHECKPOINT queue-name

         In the command line, supply the following information:

         nnn           The print job entry number in the queue

         queue-name    The name of the print queue

         The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the
         PAGE_LIMIT parameter if you want to print only the pages
         that were not printed before the paper jam occurred.

       PARSYNERR, Syntax error in the PARAMETERS qualifier at or near
         string

         Explanation: There is a syntax error in the /PARAMETERS
         qualifier of the PRINT command. The error was located at or
         near the string parameter.

         User Action: Check the syntax of the parameters you
         entered. Resubmit the print request with the correct
         syntax.

       PPSGTNUP, Pages per sheet > Number_Up. Pages per sheet set to
         Number_Up

         Explanation: You included both a layup definition file and
         the NUMBER_UP parameter in your print job. However, the
         layup definition file requests that the number of pages
         printed per sheet be greater than the number specified with
         the NUMBER_UP parameter.

         User Action: No action is required if you want the number
         of pages per sheet to equal the number you specified with
         the NUMBER_UP parameter. If you want the number of pages

     A-28 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






            per sheet to equal the number given in the layup definition
            file, reissue the PRINT command specifying a larger number
            with the NUMBER_UP parameter.

         PRESET, resetting printer

            Explanation: The printer controller detected an internal
            error. It executes the power-up sequence, which effectively
            resets the printer and the PostScript interpreter.

            User Action: No user action is required.

         PRHDWERR, Print Engine hardware error

            Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer.

            User Action: Call HP Customer Services.

         PRINTERSTALLED, Printer printer-name is stalled

            Explanation: You usually see this message when the printer
            is out of paper. Sometimes PostScript commands that take a
            long time to execute cause this message.

            User Action: Check for previous printer messages that may
            indicate the reason for the stalled condition. Refer to
            the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information about
            stalled queues.

         PRUNKERR, Print Engine unknown error status

            Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer.

            User Action: Refer to the printer operator's guide or call
            HP Customer Services.

         PRWRDWERR, printer timed out

            Explanation: The print engine reports no error condition,
            but it is not yet ready to print after correcting a print
            engine error. This state is temporary.

            User Action: No user action is required.

         PSTERM, Unexpected termination of PostScript interpreter

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter has a fatal error.

            User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support
            Center.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-29

 






       PUNCHNOSUP, Punching feature not supported for printer-name
         printer

         Explanation: The printer to which you are printing does not
         have a DCPS-supported punch option installed.

         User Action: Print to a printer with a DCPS-supported punch
         option or do not specify the PUNCH parameter on the command
         line.

       PWRCYCL, The printer power was cycled

         Explanation: This is an informational message. Power to the
         printer was turned off and then on.

         User Action: None.

       PWRFAIL, The printer power was cycled while a job was active

         Explanation: Power to the printer was turned off and then
         on while a job was printing.

         User Action: Check your print job to see if you need to
         resubmit it for printing.

       RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds - offending
         command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a range-
         check error while trying to execute the PostScript command
         represented by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.


     A-30 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         REQMANFEED, Request manual feed of media-size

            Explanation: The printer changed input trays. This message
            is displayed when you specify INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED or
            INPUT_TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER. The job separation pages have
            been printed from the printer's default input tray and the
            file data is to be printed on paper from the manual feed or
            envelope feed tray.

            User Action: This message is informational, prompting you
            to begin feeding the media into the requested input tray.

         REQMODNOTFOUND, Required device control module module-name not
            found

            Explanation: A required device control module, LPS$$module-
            name, located in the standard device control library,
            DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, was not found.

            User Action: Check to see that the standard device control
            library, DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, is listed in your library search
            list in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file. Check the following:

            o  Make sure the SYS$LIBRARY directory contains the
               DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB file.

            o  Make sure no previous versions of the DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB
               file are stored in the SYS$SPECIFIC directory tree.

            o  Use the LIBRARY/LIST SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB command
               to ensure that the indicated module-name is among those
               listed.

            If the above conditions are not met, reinstall the DECprint
            Supervisor software. If this problem persists, call HP
            Customer Services.

         SETUPFILE, running setup file created date

            Explanation: The creation date of the setup file being used
            by the DCPS startup procedure is displayed.

            User Action: None. This message is informational.

         SETUPMODE, startup running in setup mode

            Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is running in setup
            mode.

            User Action: None. This message is informational.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-31

 






       SETUPNOTFOUND, Setup module module-name not found

         Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be found
         in the device control library.

         User Action: Make sure the setup module is stored in the
         device control library search list. Check the spelling of
         the module name and resubmit the print request.

       SETUPREADERR, Setup module module-name read error

         Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be read.

         User Action: Check to make sure the setup module is
         properly stored in the device control library, and that
         the library is defined in the search list.

       SIZNOTAVL, No paper-size size medium is loaded in printer-name

         Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in
         the printer associated with the print request.

         User Action: Choose one of the following actions:

         o  Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper size
            that is already loaded in the requested input tray.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input tray
            that contains the paper size you require.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the input
            tray or the paper size, but not both.

       SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name tray
         in printer-name

         Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in
         the input tray that you requested

         User Action: Do one of the following:

         o  Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper size
            that is already loaded in the requested input tray.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input tray
            that contains the paper size you require.

         o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the input
            tray or the paper size, but not both.

     A-32 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         SIZNOTSUP, paper-size size medium is not supported by printer-
            name

            Explanation: You requested a paper size that the printer
            does not support.

            User Action: Resubmit your job and request a supported
            paper size.

         STARTING, DECprint Supervisor version starting...

            Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure displays the
            current version and the fact that it is starting execution.

            User Action: None. This message is informational.

         STKOFLO, stackoverflow: Operand stack overflow - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a stack
            overflow condition while trying to execute the PostScript
            command represented by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         STKUFLO, stackunderflow: Operand stack underflow - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter detected an error
            in the file.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-33

 






         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       STPNOSUP, Stapling feature not supported for product_name
         printer.

         Explanation: The printer does not support stapling.

         User Action: Print to a printer that has a stapler
         installed.

       STPOUTTRAY, Selected output tray does not support stapling.

         Explanation: The output tray you specified cannot be used
         for stapling.

         User Action: Specify an output tray that supports stapling
         with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.

       STPPOSNOSUP, Stapling position not supported for orientation
         and feed direction.

         Explanation: The printer cannot put a staple where you have
         requested.

         User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction,
         if supported for that paper size, or choose a different
         page orientation.

       STPSIZENOSUP, Stapling not supported for sheet_size size paper
         and feed direction.

         Explanation: The printer cannot staple your job because the
         paper size and/or paper feed direction is not supported for
         stapling.

         User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction,
         if supported for that paper size.




     A-34 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         SYNERR, syntaxerror: Input ended in string or procedure body -
            offending command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a syntax
            error while trying to execute the PostScript command
            represented by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of a
            file with a data type other than PostScript, it indicates
            an error in the translation process. If the translator
            is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         SYNTAX_INCOMPLETE, Syntax incomplete at line n in DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file

            Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_
            EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There
            will be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the problem
            in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET)
            and started (START/QUEUE) for a new file to be read.

         TCPPORTINVALID, invalid or missing TCP port number

            Explanation: You neglected to specify a TCP port number for
            your printer or the port number you specified is invalid.
            Some types of network connections (for example, IP_RAWTCP)
            require that you specify the number of a TCP port on the
            printer that supports the associated protocol.

            User Action: Verify that you specified a port number, and
            that it is valid.





                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-35

 






       TCPPORTPRESENT, no TCP port number allowed

         Explanation: You specified a TCP port number for your
         printer, but none is allowed. Some types of network
         connections (for example, IP_CPAP) do not require or allow
         you to specify the number of a TCP port on the printer.

         User Action: Verify that you have specified the desired
         type of network connection. If so, remove the port number
         from the queue's device specification.

       TIMOUT, timeout: Time limit exceeded

         Explanation: A PostScript program executed beyond the time
         limit set by the system manager. This can be caused by an
         unusually complex page definition or by an error in the
         PostScript application program that results in an infinite
         loop.

         User Action: If the error is a result of a complex page
         definition, ask the system manager to change the value of
         the printer timeout limit.

         If this error is the result of an infinite loop that occurs
         during the printing of a file with a data type other than
         PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. If
         the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to
         the HP Customer Support Center.

         If the error is the result of an infinite loop that occurs
         during the printing of a PostScript file, either the
         PostScript file or the application that generated the
         PostScript file is in error. If the application is supplied
         by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and submit a
         problem report.

       TNREND, Print Engine toner supply is exhausted

         Explanation: The printer is out of toner.

         User Action: Replace the toner cartridge and cleaning pad.
         Refer to the instructions in the toner replacement kit or
         in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.


     A-36 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         TONEROFL, Toner collection container full

            Explanation: The toner collection container is full.

            User Action: Following the directions in the toner kit,
            remove the full toner container bottle and replace it with
            a new bottle.

         TRANSJAM, Print engine transport section is jammed

            Explanation: Your printer has a paper jam in the transport
            section.

            User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,
            issue the following DCL command to release and restart the
            print job:

            $ SET ENTRY nnn/RELEASE/NOCHECKPOINT queue-name

            In the command line, supply the following information:

            nnn           The print job entry number in the queue

            queue-name    The name of the print queue

            The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the
            PAGE_LIMIT parameter if you want to print only the pages
            that were not printed before the paper jam occurred.

         TRAYEMP, Print Engine paper input tray is empty

            Explanation: The paper input tray is empty.

            User Action: Add paper to the input paper tray.

         TRAYJAM, Input paper tray is jammed

            Explanation: Your printer's input paper tray is jammed.

            User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,
            issue the following DCL command to release and restart the
            print job:

            $ SET ENTRY nnn/RELEASE/NOCHECKPOINT queue-name

            In the command line, supply the following information:

            nnn           The print job entry number in the queue

            queue-name    The name of the print queue

            The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use the
            PAGE_LIMIT parameter to print only the pages that were not
            printed before the paper jam occurred.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-37

 






       TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray on
         printer-name

         Explanation: Informational message.

         User Action: None.

       TRNFAIL, Translation from data-type to PostScript failed.

         Explanation: The translator from data-type to PostScript
         has generated an error. The translator software cannot be
         used.

         User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support
         Center.

       TRNNOTFND, Translator from data-type to PostScript not found

         Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could not
         find the translator from data-type to PostScript in the
         SYS$SHARE directory.

         User Action: The data type you specified in the DATA_TYPE
         parameter or that is defined as the queue default must
         be either supplied by HP or a user-written translator
         (TRN$data-type_PS.EXE in the SYS$SHARE directory). Correct
         the condition and resubmit the print request.

       TRYNOTRDY, tray-name tray on printer-name is current-tray-name

         Explanation: The input tray is not loaded with paper.

         User Action: Prepare the printer input tray and resubmit
         the print job.

       TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printing

         Explanation: The printer does not support tumble printing.

         User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting tumble
         printing. Or resubmit the print job with /QUEUE specifying
         a printer that supports tumble printing.

       TYPCHK, typecheck: Argument of wrong type - offending command
         is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntax
         error while trying to execute the PostScript command
         represented by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error

     A-38 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntax
            error while trying to execute the PostScript command
            represented by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

         UNDEFRES, undefinedresult: Number overflow or underflow -
            offending command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-39

 






       UNDFILNAM, undefinedfilename: File not found - offending
         command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       UNKDATATYPE, Unknown data type: string or translator not
         available

         Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software does not
         recognize the DATA_TYPE parameter specified in the PRINT
         command, or the indicated translator could not be found or
         started.

         User Action: Check the PRINT command, correct the DATA_
         TYPE parameter, and resubmit your request. If the DATA_TYPE
         parameter is valid, have your system manager check that the
         TRN$* translator files listed in the DCPS Release Notes are
         in the correct location on your system and have WORLD:RE
         protection. Also have your system manager check process-
         related quotas and resources for the SYSTEM account, if
         your system is using multistreamed DCPS print symbionts.

       UNKFILTAG, File tag is unknown. Tag value: number

         Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tag
         that is not recognized by the DECprint Supervisor software.

         User Action: You cannot print this type of file using
         DECprint Supervisor software.


     A-40 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         UNKNOWN_DEFTRANS, data-type is not expected as a Default
            Translator, but it will be used

            Explanation: The data type given by the logical DCPS$queuename_
            DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR as the default data type is not one that
            the DECprint Supervisor provides a translator for. The
            DECprint Supervisor software will attempt to find and use a
            translator for this data type.

            User Action: This message is informational only; the print
            job is printed. The system manager should ensure that the
            data type is actually one that is desired. If so, ensure
            that a translator exists in the SYS$SHARE directory for
            such a data type. If not, correct the specification of the
            logical. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE/RESET) and
            started (START/QUEUE) for a new definition to take effect.

         UNKNOWN_PROLOG, Unknown prolog-version version-number, name
            prolog-name

            Explanation: Dialog between the print symbiont and printer
            produced unexpected results.

            User Action: If you continue to receive this message, call
            HP Customer Services.

         UNMATCH, unmatchedmark: Expected mark not on stack - offending
            command is string

            Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
            while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
            by string.

            User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
            a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
            exists in the translation process. If the translator is
            supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
            Support Center.

            If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
            file, either the PostScript file or the application
            that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
            application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
            Support Center and submit a problem report.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-41

 






       UNRECOGNIZED, Product name product-name not recognized;
         assuming Unrecognized

         Explanation: The printer model mentioned is not an HP
         printer and not one supported by DCPS. A set of commands
         known to work on other models will be used. Not all DCPS
         features will be supported.

         User Action: None. This message states the mode in which
         the printer will be run.

       UNREGIST, unregistered: PostScript has encountered a system
         error - offending command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript
         file, either the PostScript file or the application
         that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the
         application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer
         Support Center and submit a problem report.

       UNSUP_DEF_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an AUTOMATIC
         data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI

         Explanation: The default text data type defined by the
         DCPS$[queue-name_]DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR logical name is not
         a legal value. The legal values are ANSI, PROPRINTER, and
         PCL.

         User Action: The system manager must redefine the logical
         name.





     A-42 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






         UNSUP_DEFTRANS, data-type is not supported as a Default
            Translator, ANSI will be used.

            Explanation: The data type assumed by the DECprint
            Supervisor software as the default text data type is not
            valid. The DECprint Supervisor software will use ANSI as
            the default data type.

            User Action: The system manager should correct the
            specification of the logical name DCPS$[queue-name]_
            DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR. The queue must be stopped (STOP/QUEUE
            /RESET) and started (START/QUEUE) for a new definition to
            take effect.

         UNSUPTAG, File tagged as data_syntax will not be printed

            Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tag
            that is not supported.

            User Action: You cannot print this type of file using the
            DECprint Supervisor software.

         UNSUP_USER_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an
            AUTOMATIC data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI

            Explanation: The user's PRINT command, or the default queue
            parameter in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM command file, specifies
            the
            DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=default-text-data-type parameter using
            an illegal value for default-text-data-type. Legal values
            are ANSI, PROPRINTER, and PCL.

            User Action: If the error was in a PRINT command, resubmit
            the print job with one of the legal values for the DATA_
            TYPE=AUTOMATIC parameter.

            If the error is in the queue definition, perform the
            following operations:

            o  To get the job printed quickly, resubmit the print
               job with the DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC parameter. This will
               override the queue default.

            o  To correct the default queue parameter:

               1. Edit the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file to modify the queue
                  definition, including a valid default text data type.

               2. Stop the queue.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-43

 






            3. Execute the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.

       USERDATA, string

         Explanation: The PostScript program requested that the
         data represented by string be sent to the user, with the
         operators print, pstack, =, and ==.

         User Action: None.

       VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted -
         offending command is string

         Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error
         while trying to execute the PostScript command represented
         by string.

         User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of
         a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error
         exists in the translation process. If the translator is
         supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer
         Support Center.

         If your print job fails to print because of a virtual
         memory limitation, you can take one of the following
         actions:

         o  Recreate the PostScript file using options in your
            application to make better use of the printer's virtual
            memory.

         o  Use a printer with more available memory to print the
            file.

       ZEROAREA, Layup definition margins result in no usable sheet
         area

         Explanation: You included a layup definition file in
         your print job that sets margins that leave no area for
         printing.

         User Action: See Chapter 11 for information on the MARGINS
         option in a layup definition file.


     A-44 System Messages and Error Recovery

 






        A.3 Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messages

              This section describes the layup definition error messages
              you receive with the message identification BADLAYDEF.
              Messages are displayed in the following format:

              %DCPS_W_BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup
              definition

              The condition describes the problem and line-number is
              the line number in the layup definition file on which the
              error occurred.

              The following error messages are generated by errors in a
              layup definition file and reported as the condition.

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                Line numbers reported in the BADLAYDEF message may
                not always be correct for some Record Management
                Service (RMS) file organizations.

                _____________________________________________________

         Bad form for margin values

            Explanation: The value given for the MARGINS option cannot
            be understood by that option.

         Bad form for page grid values

            Explanation: The values given for the GRID option cannot be
            understood by that option.

         Cannot give values with negated option option

            Explanation: A line contains both a negated option and a
            value, for example, NOALTERNATE=LEFT.

         Cannot negate option option

            Explanation: An option that should not be negative is given
            as a negative value.

         Cannot supply a value for option

            Explanation: A value is given for an option that cannot
            take a value.

                                 System Messages and Error Recovery A-45

 






       Could not find a number as a value

         Explanation: The value given for an option cannot be
         understood by that option.

       Extra characters present after values

         Explanation: Legitimate values for an option are followed
         by extra characters.

       Must express a value for option option

         Explanation: No value is given for an option that requires
         a value.

       No option present

         Explanation: A line is not blank, but it also does not
         contain an option.

       No values specified for option option

         Explanation: A line contains an equal sign but no value.

       Number must be greater than 1

         Explanation: The numeric values for an option are out of
         range, for example, PAGESPERSHEET=0.

       Page count must be less than 100

         Explanation: The GRID option must have positive values. The
         product of the two values must be 100 or less.

       Unrecognized keyword keyword

         Explanation: The value given for a keyword cannot be
         understood.

       Unrecognized option option

         Explanation: A line does not contain a recognized option.



     A-46 System Messages and Error Recovery

 









                                                                       B
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                PRINT Command Qualifiers



              With the DECprint Supervisor, you can print files on
              PostScript printers using the OpenVMS PRINT command. The
              PRINT command qualifiers are documented in this appendix
              and in the OpenVMS DCL Dictionary.

              Table B-1 lists the PRINT command qualifiers and describes
              the functions of the qualifiers.

              Several qualifiers apply only to print jobs for ANSI
              files; if you supply this type of qualifier on a PRINT
              command line for printing non-ANSI files, the qualifier is
              ignored and the file is printed.

              Table_B-1_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________________

              Qualifier_________Description_____________________________

              /[NO]AFTER        Indicates the print job will be held in
                                the queue until the specified time.

              /[NO]BACKUP       Selects files for printing based on
                                their last backup date and time.

              /[NO]BEFORE       Specifies a date and time for the file
                                selection qualifiers (/BACKUP, /CREATED,
                                /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and selects
                                files with dates before the specified
                                date and time.

              /[NO]BURST        Controls file burst pages.

              /[NO]BY_OWNER     Selects files to print based on the user
                                identification code (UIC).

              /CHARACTERISTICS  Specifies printer characteristics for
                                the print job.

                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-1

 






           Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________

           Qualifier_________Description_____________________________

           /[NO]CONFIRM      Prompts you for each file in the print
                             job.

           /COPIES           Specifies the number of copies of the
                             file to print.

           /[NO]CREATED      Selects files for printing based on the
                             file creation date and time.

           /[NO]DELETE       Deletes the print files automatically
                             after the print job has been processed.

           /[NO]EXCLUDE      Excludes a file or files from a print
                             job.

           /[NO]EXPIRED      Selects files for printing based on the
                             file expiration date and time.

           /[NO]FEED         Controls whether form feed characters
                             are inserted at the end of pages.

           /[NO]FLAG         Controls file flag pages.

           /FORM             Specifies a form type whose charac-
                             teristics will be applied to the print
                             job.

           /[NO]HEADER       Prints a header line at the top of each
                             printed page.

           /[NO]HOLD         Holds the print job until specifically
                             released with SET ENTRY/RELEASE.

           /[NO]IDENTIFY     Displays the print queue and print job
                             number on your terminal when the print
                             job is submitted.

           /JOB_COUNT        Specifies the number of times to print
                             the job.

           /[NO]LOWERCASE    Specifies printing on a printer with
                             lowercase printing capability.

           /[NO]MODIFIED     Selects files for printing based on
                             the date and time the file was last
                             modified.

           /NAME             Specifies a print job name.

     B-2 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________

              Qualifier_________Description_____________________________

              /NOTE             Specifies a message to print on job
                                separation pages.

              /[NO]NOTIFY       Sends messages to your terminal when
                                the print job starts and ends and when
                                printer errors occur.

              /OPERATOR         Sends the specified message to the
                                operator when the print job is started.

              /PAGES            Specifies a range of pages in the print
                                job to print.

              /PARAMETERS       Specifies one or more PRINT parameters
                                for controlling the print job.

              /[NO]PASSALL      Specifies whether to bypass DECprint
                                Supervisor formatting of output.

              /PRIORITY         Specifies a priority for the print job.

              /QUEUE            Specifies the print queue for the print
                                job.

              /REMOTE           Creates a print job on a remote node in
                                the network.

              /[NO]RESTART      Enables the print job to be restarted
                                after it has been interrupted.

              /RETAIN           Specifies the circumstances under which
                                you want your jobs to be retained in a
                                queue.

              /SETUP            Specifies a setup module to control
                                printing of the print job.

              /SINCE            Specifies a date and time for the file
                                selection qualifiers (/BACKUP, /CREATED,
                                /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and selects
                                files with dates after the specified
                                date and time.

              /[NO]SPACE        Controls double-spaced output.

              /[NO]TRAILER      Controls file trailer pages.

                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-3

 






           Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________

           Qualifier_________Description_____________________________

           /USER             Specifies the user name for the print
           __________________job.____________________________________

           Each qualifier is described in more detail with examples
           on the following pages.

           /AFTER=time
           /NOAFTER (default)
           Specifies a time at which the print job should be released
           from the queue and printed. Without this qualifier, a
           print job is printed immediately or as soon as a printer
           becomes available.

           For example, the following print job will be started after
           6:00 p.m.:

           $ PRINT/AFTER=18:00 FARM.DAT

           /BACKUP
           /NOBACKUP (default)
           Selects files to print based on the time that the files
           were last backed up. Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE
           or /SINCE qualifier to specify the backup time. Other
           file selection qualifiers are /CREATED, /EXPIRED, and
           /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE is used without any file
           selection qualifier, the file creation time is used.

           For example, the following print job includes only the
           files named GROTON that were backed up before January 20,
           2003:

           $ PRINT/BACKUP/BEFORE=20-JAN-2003 GROTON.*

           /BEFORE=time
           /NOBEFORE (default)
           Prints files dated before the specified time of file
           creation, backup, expiration, or modification. You can
           enter a keyword (TODAY, TOMORROW, or YESTERDAY) instead
           of a time. Use this qualifier with one of the following
           qualifiers to change the file selection mode:

     B-4 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 







              /BACKUP          Selects files based on the time they were
                               last backed up.

              /CREATED         Selects files based on the file creation
                               time. (This is the default if no file
                               selection qualifier is included.)

              /EXPIRED         Selects files based on the file
                               expiration time.

              /MODIFIED        Selects files based on the time the file
                               was last modified.

              If you omit the /BEFORE qualifier, the specified files
              are printed, regardless of file creation, backup,
              modification, or expiration times.

              For example, to print only the files named GROTON that
              were created before January 23, 2003, use the following
              command:

              $ PRINT/CREATED/BEFORE=23-JAN-2003 GROTON.*

              /BURST[=keyword]
              /NOBURST (default)
              Specifies file burst pages printed before each copy of
              each file. The keyword ALL prints a burst page before each
              file; the keyword ONE prints a burst page before the first
              file in the job. This qualifier does not affect job burst
              pages. Refer to the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more
              information about job separation pages.

              For example, to include a burst page before GROTON.DAT but
              not before FARM.DAT, use the following command:

              $ PRINT GROTON.DAT/BURST FARM.DAT

              /BY_OWNER=uic
              /NOBY_OWNER (default)
              Prints only files with the specified UIC (user iden-
              tification code). The default action is to print files
              regardless of the UIC.

              For example, to print the files named FARM.DAT that have
              the UIC [MACDONALD], use the following command:

              $ PRINT/BY_OWNER=[MACDONALD] FARM.DAT

                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-5

 






           /CHARACTERISTICS=characteristic
           Prints files on a printer that has been defined with the
           specified characteristics. Use the SHOW QUEUE/FULL command
           to list the characteristics for the print queue.

           For example, to print FARM.DAT on a printer with a
           characteristic defined as REDINK, use the following
           command:

           $ PRINT/CHARACTERISTICS=REDINK FARM.DAT

           /CONFIRM
           /NOCONFIRM (default)
           Sends a confirmation prompt for each file, to which you
           can reply Yes or No to allow or disallow printing of that
           file. If you do not include this qualifier, you receive no
           prompts to confirm printing of each file in the request.

           For example, to print files named GROTON with confirmation
           of each file, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/CONFIRM GROTON.*
           PRINT DISK:[MACDONALD]GROTON.TXT.3 ? [NO]Y

           /COPIES=n
           Allows you to request multiple copies of a file. If you
           include this qualifier before the file specification, each
           file is printed n times. To obtain copies of a single file
           in a print job with multiple files, include this qualifier
           after the file specification. The default action if you do
           not include this qualifier is to print one copy of each
           file.

           For example, to print two copies each of FARM.DAT and
           GROTON.DAT, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/COPIES=2 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT

           When you use the /COPIES qualifier in a print job for
           DECprint Supervisor, the software must translate your file
           and transmit the file in PostScript form for each copy
           of the file that you request, if translation is required.
           This process increases the load on the computer system and
           can slow down your print job.

     B-6 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              If you encounter problems when printing multiple copies of
              the files, use the /JOB_COUNT qualifier or separate PRINT
              commands to create a print job for each copy of the file.

              /CREATED
              /NOCREATED (default)
              Selects files to print based on the file creation time.
              Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier
              to specify the time. Other file selection qualifiers are
              /BACKUP, /EXPIRED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE
              is used without any file selection qualifier, the file
              creation time is used.

              For example, to print only the files named FARM that were
              created after January 4, 2003, use the following command:

              $ PRINT/CREATED/AFTER=4-JAN-2003 FARM.*

              /DELETE
              /NODELETE (default)
              Determines whether the system deletes the print file after
              printing. If you omit this qualifier, the default action
              is /NODELETE.

              For example, to delete the file FARM.DAT after printing,
              use the the following command:

              $ PRINT/DELETE FARM.DAT

                ______________________ CAUTION ______________________

                When you specify the /DELETE qualifier with the
                DECprint Supervisor software, the job controller
                always deletes the requested files, regardless of
                whether the print job was completed successfully.

                For example, the following print job is not printed
                because the user entered an invalid SHEET_SIZE
                parameter (GREEN). Although the file is not printed,
                the job controller deletes the file.

                $ PRINT/DELETE/PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=GREEN) GROTON.TXT

                Use the /DELETE qualifier with discretion.

                _____________________________________________________

                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-7

 






           /EXCLUDE=file-spec
           /NOEXCLUDE (default)
           Specifies files to be excluded from the print job (not
           printed with others that match the file specification).
           This qualifier is useful when wildcards are used in the
           file specification. The default action when you omit
           this qualifier is to print all files that match the file
           specification.

           For example, to print all the files named FARM, except
           FARM.DAT, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/EXCLUDE=FARM.DAT FARM.*

           /EXPIRED
           /NOEXPIRED (default)
           Selects files to print based on the file expiration time.
           Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier
           to specify the time. Other file selection qualifiers are
           /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE
           is used without any file selection qualifier, the file
           creation time is used.

           For example, to print files named GROTON that are dated to
           expire before January 10, 2000, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/EXPIRED/BEFORE=10-JAN-2000 GROTON.*

           /FEED
           /NOFEED (default)
           Controls whether form feed characters are inserted into
           the data stream when the bottom margin is reached. Use
           /NOFEED to specify no insertion of form feed characters
           into the print job. If you omit this qualifier, the
           default action is /FEED.

           For example, to print FARM.DAT with form feed characters
           inserted at the bottom of each page, use the following
           command:

           $ PRINT/FEED FARM.DAT




     B-8 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              /FLAG[=keyword]
              /NOFLAG (default)
              Controls printing of a file flag page preceding the file.
              The keyword ALL prints a file flag page before each copy
              of each file in the print job; the keyword ONE prints a
              file flag page before the first file in the print job.
              When you omit this qualifier, the default action is the
              action determined by the system manager for the queue.
              (This qualifier does not affect job flag pages. Refer to
              the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information about
              job separation pages.)

              For example, to print a flag page before each file in the
              print job, use the following command:

              $ PRINT/FLAG=ALL FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT

              /FORM=form-name
              Specifies that your print job requires a form with a
              specific set of form characteristics, as described in
              Chapter 12. You can specify only form names that have been
              defined by the system manager.

              If the stock type required for the form is not mounted,
              the print job is placed in a pending state and is released
              when the printer has the required stock type loaded.

              For example, to print GROTON.RPT with form type SHORT$REPORT,
              use the following command:

              $ PRINT/FORM=SHORT$REPORT GROTON.RPT

              /HEADER
              /NOHEADER (default)
              Prints a header line, with file name, page number, and
              file creation date, at every page break.

              The header information is not inserted automatically; you
              must specify /HEADER to obtain header lines in the output.
              You can disable header line insertion using the /NOHEADER
              qualifier.

              For example, to print FARM.DAT with header lines, use the
              following command:

              $ PRINT/HEADER FARM.DAT

                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-9

 






           /HOLD
           /NOHOLD (default)
           Specifies whether the print job should begin immediately
           or be held until a SET ENTRY/RELEASE command releases the
           job for printing. If you omit this qualifier, the print
           job is not held automatically.

           To hold a print job until the SET ENTRY/RELEASE command
           releases the job, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/HOLD FARM.DAT

           /IDENTIFY (default)
           /NOIDENTIFY/
           Specifies whether to display the print queue and print
           job's entry number when the print job is queued. /IDENTIFY
           is the default action.

           For example, to suppress the display of the print queue
           and print job entry number when printing FARM.DAT, use the
           following command:

           $ PRINT/NOIDENTIFY FARM.DAT

           /JOB_COUNT=n
           Prints the job n times. The value of n is 1-255. If you
           omit this qualifier, one copy of the print job is printed.
           You can use the /COPIES qualifier to specify multiple
           copies of a specific file in the multiple-file print job.

           For example, to print FARM.DAT followed by GROTON.DAT
           three times, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/JOB_COUNT=3 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT

           When you use /JOB_COUNT in a print job for the DECprint
           Supervisor, the software must translate your file and
           transmit the file in PostScript form for each copy of the
           file that you request, if translation is required. This
           process increases the load on the computer system and can
           slow down your print job.

           /LOWERCASE
           /NOLOWERCASE (default)
           Specifies that the print job requires lowercase printing.
           This qualifier does not apply to PostScript printers. If

     B-10 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              you include it in your print request, this qualifier is
              ignored and the print job is printed.

              /MODIFIED
              /NOMODIFIED (default)
              Selects files for printing based on the time the file was
              last modified. Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or
              /SINCE qualifier to specify the time. Other file selection
              qualifiers are /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /EXPIRED. If /BEFORE
              or /SINCE is used without any file selection qualifier,
              the file creation time is used.

              For example, to print all the files named GROTON that
              were modified after January 19, 2003, use the following
              command:

              $ PRINT/MODIFIED/AFTER=19-JAN-2003 GROTON.*

              /NAME=job-name
              Specifies the print job's name, which is printed on the
              job separation pages. The job name can contain up to 39
              alphanumeric characters. The default job name is the name
              of the first file in the print job.

              For example, to print FARM.DAT with a job name AG_DATA,
              use the following command:

              $ PRINT/NAME=AG_DATA FARM.DAT

              /NOTE=string
              Specifies a message string of up to 255 characters to be
              printed on the job separation pages.

              For example, to include a distribution location on the
              separation pages, use the following command:

              $ PRINT/NOTE="SEND TO SECOND FLOOR, BIN 7" FARM.DAT

              /NOTIFY
              /NONOTIFY (default)
              Causes you to be notified when the job starts and
              finishes, and notifies you of errors that occur during the
              printing process and of messages returned by PostScript
              operators (such as print, pstack, =, and ==).

              If you omit the /NOTIFY qualifier, the default action is
              not to display these print job messages.

                                           PRINT Command Qualifiers B-11

 






           For example, to ensure you are notified of print job
           status, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/NOTIFY FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT

           If you use Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) software to
           queue print jobs to a remote printer, /NOTIFY returns job
           start and finish messages that may or may not represent
           the actual time of starting and ending printing. DQS
           suppresses the display of printer error messages and other
           messages from the printer on the user's terminal.

           /OPERATOR=string
           Specifies a message string to be sent to the operator when
           the print job starts. The message can contain up to 255
           characters. Include quotation marks around the message
           string.

           For example, to send the distribution location to the
           operator's terminal, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/OPERATOR="FARM.DAT TO JONES" FARM.DAT

           /PAGES=[lowlim,]uplim
           Ignored by the DECprint Supervisor software. Use the PAGE_
           LIMIT parameter described in Section 1.7. If you include
           the /PAGES qualifier in a PRINT command to a PostScript
           printer, the qualifier is ignored and the print job is
           printed.

           /PARAMETERS=parameter
           Specifies values for the DECprint Supervisor printing
           features. The parameters are listed in Appendix C.

           For example, to include the SIDES parameter to print on
           two sides of a sheet, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 GROTON.DAT

           /PASSALL
           /NOPASSALL (default)
           Maintains the original characteristics of the print job
           through printer processing, preventing /HEADER, margin
           processing, and tab emulation (described in Chapter 5).
           The /PASSALL qualifier does not prevent operations
           specified by the system manager with DEFINE/FORM/SETUP.

     B-12 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              If your print job uses a form definition, the form
              characteristics for that form type prevail. (Refer to
              Chapter 12 for more information.)

              For example, to print the FARM.DAT file without the
              special processing described above, use the following
              command:

              $ PRINT/PASSALL FARM.DAT

              /PRIORITY=n
              Specifies a priority number to be assigned to the print
              job. You can use this qualifier to ensure that print jobs
              are printed in a specific order. The value of n is 0-
              255. To set this priority higher than the system value of
              MAXQUEPRI, you must have operator (OPER) privileges.

              For example, to print FARM.DAT with a lower priority than
              GROTON.DAT, and ensure that GROTON is printed first, enter
              two PRINT commands, as shown:

              $ PRINT/PRIORITY=1 FARM.DAT
              $ PRINT/PRIORITY=2 GROTON.DAT

              /QUEUE=queue-name
              Specifies a print queue for printing the job. You supply
              the name of the execution queue or generic queue for
              queue-name. If you omit this qualifier, the print job
              is placed in the SYS$PRINT default queue, defined by the
              system manager.

              To list the print queues at your site, use the SHOW QUEUE
              command, as described in Section 2.2.

              For example, to print FARM.DAT on the printer for queue
              PS$DUPLEX, use the following command:

              $ PRINT/QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX FARM.DAT

              /REMOTE
              Initiates a remote print request on another system.

              When you include this qualifier, the file to be printed
              must exist on the remote node. You must include the host
              node name in the file specification portion of your print
              request. The file is queued on the default print queue
              (SYS$PRINT) of the other system and takes the printer

                                           PRINT Command Qualifiers B-13

 






           characteristics defined for that system. The /QUEUE and
           /PARAMETERS qualifiers are ignored when you use the
           /REMOTE qualifier.

           For example, to print GROTON.DAT on a printer on node
           AGRO::, use the following command:

           $ PRINT/REMOTE AGRO::[MACDONALD]GROTON.DAT

           /RESTART
           /NORESTART (default)
           Requests that the print job be automatically restarted if
           the printer jams or stops.

           A print job with multiple files or copies that depends
           on passing the PostScript parameters from one file to the
           next may not be restarted successfully. (See Section 1.5.)

           Do not use /RESTART with printer jobs when you:

           o  Request multiple PostScript files that do not reset the
              PostScript state.

           o  Print multiple copies of PostScript files that do not
              reset the PostScript state.

           o  Specify one of the following parameters:

              -  /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION

              -  /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP

              Refer to Chapter 11 and Section 1.6, respectively, for
              information about these parameters on restarted print
              jobs.

           For example, to ensure that the print job for FARM.DAT
           in print queue ANSI$PSPRINT will be restarted, use the
           following command:

           $ PRINT/RESTART/QUEUE=ANSI$PSPRINT FARM.DAT

           /RETAIN=option
           Specifies the circumstances under which you want your
           jobs to be retained in a queue. When a job is retained in
           the queue, you can issue the SHOW QUEUE command after the
           job completes to see the status of the job. Without job
           retention, no record of a job is left in a queue after a
           job completes.

     B-14 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              Use the following options to specify job retention:

              ALWAYS           Holds the job in the queue regardless of
                               the job's completion status.

              DEFAULT          Holds the job in the queue as specified
                               by the queue's retention policy.

              ERROR            Holds the job in the queue only if the
                               job completes unsuccessfully.

              UNTIL=time-      Holds the job in the queue for the
              value            specified length of time, regardless
                               of the job's completion status.

              /SETUP=module
              Includes the specified setup module (from the queue's
              device control libraries) with the print job. The system
              manager can add and modify setup modules in device control
              libraries.

              You supply one or more setup module names from the queue's
              device control libraries. To include more than one module
              name, separate the module names with commas and enclose
              the set in parentheses.

              For example, to include the PostScript modules 4UP_GRID
              and 4UP_WIDE with the print job for FARM.RPT, use the
              following command:

              $ PRINT/SETUP=(4UP_GRID,4UP_WIDE) FARM.RPT

              /SINCE=time
              /NOSINCE (default)
              Prints files dated after the specified time, selecting
              files dated after the specified date and time. You can
              include a keyword instead of the time, including TODAY,
              TOMORROW, and YESTERDAY.

              Use this qualifier with one of the following qualifiers to
              change the file selection mode:

              /BACKUP          Selects files based on the time they were
                               last backed up.

                                           PRINT Command Qualifiers B-15

 







           /CREATED         Selects files based on the file creation
                            time. (This is the default if no file
                            selection qualifier is included.)

           /EXPIRED         Selects files based on the file
                            expiration time.

           /MODIFIED        Selects files based on the time the file
                            was last modified.

           For example, to print only the files named GROTON that
           were modified after January 1, 2003, use the following
           command:

           $ PRINT/MODIFIED/SINCE=01-JAN-2003 GROTON.*

           If you omit the /SINCE qualifier, the specified files are
           printed regardless of file creation, backup, modification,
           or expiration times.

           /SPACE
           /NOSPACE (default)
           Requests printouts with single-spacing or double-spacing
           (one blank line between each text line). Use /SPACE for
           double-spaced output. Use /NOSPACE for single-spaced
           output.

           For example, to print FARM.DAT with double-spaced lines,
           use the following command:

           $ PRINT/SPACE FARM.DAT

           /TRAILER=keyword
           /NOTRAILER (default)
           Specifies whether to print file trailer pages at the end
           of each file. Include this qualifier between the PRINT
           command and the file specification. You can supply the
           keyword ALL to specify trailer pages after each file, or
           ONE to specify a trailer page only after the last file
           in the print job. If you omit this qualifier, the default
           action of the print queue is used.

           This qualifier does not affect the output of the job
           trailer page. Refer to the DCPS System Manager's Guide
           for more information about the job separation pages.

     B-16 PRINT Command Qualifiers

 






              For example, to include a trailer page for all the files
              in the print job GROTON, use the following command:

              $ PRINT/TRAILER=ALL GROTON.*

              /USER=user-name
              Allows you to print a job for another user. You must
              have the CMKRNL privilege and R (read) access to the
              file to print a job for another user. When you omit this
              qualifier, the default action is to print files with your
              user name.

              For example, to print the file named FARM.DAT for user
              JONES, enter the following command:

              $ PRINT/USER=JONES FARM.DAT





























                                           PRINT Command Qualifiers B-17

 









                                                                       C
        ________________________________________________________________

                                                PRINT Command Parameters



              The PRINT command accepts the /PARAMETERS qualifier
              to specify functions unique to the DECprint Supervisor
              software. Refer to Appendix B for more information about
              the PRINT command.

              This appendix lists the PRINT command parameters that are
              used for specifying functions of the DECprint Supervisor
              software. See Table C-1 for a list of the parameters.

        C.1 PRINT Parameters

              Parameters consist of keywords and associated values. Use
              the PRINT /PARAMETERS command to include these parameters
              in your print job. The /PARAMETERS qualifier is a command
              qualifier, so all the files in the print job are subject
              to the parameters used in the /PARAMETERS qualifier.

              Default PRINT parameters can also be associated with a
              queue by the system manager. See the DCPS System Manager's
              Guide for information about associating parameters with
              specific print queues.

              The PRINT command parameters for the DECprint Supervisor
              are listed in Table C-1 and are described in more detail
              in the sections listed in the table.










                                            PRINT Command Parameters C-1

 






     Table_C-1_PRINT_Parameters______________________________________

     Parameter_________Description_____________________Reference_____

     DATA_TYPE         Specifies the data type of the  Chapter 1
                       files in the print job.

     FONTS_USED        Specifies one or more device    Section 5.4
                       control library modules that
                       contain SoftFonts kits.

     INPUT_TRAY        Specifies which input tray to   Section 3.1
                       use.

     LAYUP_DEFINITION  Specifies layup options or a    Chapter 11
                       layup definition file to be
                       applied to the print job.

     MESSAGES          Specifies creation of a log     Appendix A
                       file or log page for print
                       messages.

     NUMBER_UP         Specifies the number of pages   Section 1.6
                       to be printed on each side of
                       a sheet.

     OUTPUT_TRAY       Specifies the output tray to    Section 3.2
                       which the job will be sent.

     PAGE_LIMIT        Specifies the first and last    Section 1.7
                       pages to be printed.

     PAGE_ORIENTATION  Specifies the orientation       Section 1.4
                       to print data on the paper:
                       portrait (vertically) or
                       landscape (horizontally).

     PAGE_SIZE         Specifies the size of the       Section 10.7
                       logical page.

     [NO]PUNCH         Specifies whether to punch job  Section 15.1
                       output.

     SHEET_COUNT       Specifies how many copies of    Section 1.5
                       each sheet to print.

     SHEET_SIZE        Specifies the sheet size for    Section 10.4
                       the printer stock.

     SIDES             Specifies whether to print the  Section 1.3
                       job on one or two sides of a
                       sheet.

     STAPLE            Specifies whether to staple     Section 15.2
                       the job and where the staple
                       should be positioned.

     [NO]TABNT Command Selectsewhether DECprint        Section 5.3

                       Supervisor software or the
                       ANSI translator performs tab
     __________________expansion.____________________________________

 






              Using parameters other than those listed in Table C-1
              results in a command syntax failure, as described in
              Appendix A.

        C.2 Syntax for PRINT Parameters

              When you specify the PRINT command with the /PARAMETERS
              qualifier, be sure to follow these syntactic conventions:

              o  A maximum of eight parameters is allowed. (A series of
                 parameters enclosed in quotation marks is considered to
                 be a single parameter.) If you are using Distributed
                 Queuing Service (DQS) software, a maximum of seven
                 parameters is allowed.

              o  If you specify two or more parameters, separate them
                 by commas and enclose the list in parentheses. The
                 following examples show valid syntax for specifying
                 parameters:

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=REGIS file-spec

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,MESSAGES) file-spec

              o  If the value associated with a parameter contains any
                 special characters, such as commas or parentheses,
                 enclose the value (or the entire parameter) in
                 quotation marks.

                 The following examples show valid syntax for specifying
                 multiple values to a print parameter:

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT="(1,4)",MESSAGES) file-spec

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,"PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4)",MESSAGES) file-spec

                 $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4),MESSAGES" file-spec

              The DECprint Supervisor software checks for syntax and
              value limits at the time the file is printed, not when the
              PRINT command is first entered. If a print job contains
              an error in the parameters, it is aborted and an error
              message is displayed on your terminal if you included the
              /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command.

                                            PRINT Command Parameters C-3

 






     C.3 Order of Defaulting for Parameters

           Print parameters can be specified in the PRINT command or
           as default queue parameters in the printer startup file.
           If a parameter is not specified, the standard printer
           default value is used. The value for a parameter specified
           in a PRINT command takes precedence over the value of the
           default queue parameter.

           The default queue parameter for a generic queue supersedes
           the default queue parameter defined for the execution
           queue. However, if there is a syntax error in the
           generic queue definition, the default queue parameter
           for the execution queue is used. Refer to the DCPS System
           Manager's Guide for information about setting up default
           queue parameters.





























     C-4 PRINT Command Parameters

 









                                                                       D
        ________________________________________________________________

                             SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges



              Table D-1 lists the font cartridges for LN03 and DEClaser
              printers for printing ANSI files. You can print these ANSI
              files on PostScript printers using the DECprint Supervisor
              software and the appropriate SoftFont kits, as described
              in Table D-1. See Section 5.2 for more information about
              printing ANSI files. Use the following module names with
              the /PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED qualifier. See Table D-2 for a
              list of SoftFont kits and the modules they contain.

        Table_D-1_Font_Cartridge_Equivalents____________________________

        Cartridge Order
        Number___________Cartridge_Name________SoftFont_Module_Name_____

        ______________________LN03_Font_Cartridges______________________

        LN03X-CB         CG Times              CGTIMES8-10-12_MCS

        LN03X-CW         CG Times Presentation CGTIMES14-18_MCS

        LN03X-CX         CG Times Large        CGTIMES24_MCS

        LN03X-CY         CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS

        LN03X-CJ         CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM14-18_MCS
                         Presentation

        LN03X-CZ         CG Triumvirate Large  CGTRIUM24_MCS

        LN03X-CL         ITC Souvenir          ITCSOUV_MCS

        LN03X-CP         English 116 Embassy   SCRIPT

        LN03X-DH         Monospaced Swiss      SWISS_MCS[1]
                         Presentation

        [1]Use_the__ISO1_suffix_instead_of__MCS_if_your_document_uses___

        the ISO Latin-1 character set.

                         SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D-1

 






     Table_D-1_(Cont.)_Font_Cartridge_Equivalents____________________

     Cartridge Order
     Number___________Cartridge_Name________SoftFont_Module_Name_____

     ______________________LN03_Font_Cartridges______________________

     LN03X-DJ         Monospaced Swiss      SWISS_MCS[1]
                      Large

     LN03X-CS         Letter Gothic         LETGOTH

     LN03X-CM         OCR A/OCR B           OCR

     LN03X-DE         Barcode 3 of 9        BARCODE

     LN03X-CT         US Legal              MONO_MCS

     ________________________________________________________________
     _______________DEClaser_2100/2200_Font_Cartridges_______________

     LNXX-CA          CG Times              CGTIMES8-10-12_MCS[1]

                                            CGTIMES14-18_MCS[1]

                                            CGTIMES24_MCS[1]

     LNXX-CB          CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS[1]

                                            CGTRIUM14-18_MCS[1]

                                            CGTRIUM24_MCS[1]

     LNXX-CC          ITC Souvenir/Script   ITCSOUV_MCS[1]

                                            SCRIPT

     LNXX-CD          Monospaced            BARCODE

                                            LETGOTH

                                            MONO_MCS[1]

                                            OCR

                                            SWISS_MCS[1]
     [1]Use_the__ISO1_suffix_instead_of__MCS_if_your_document_uses___

     the ISO Latin-1 character set.
     ________________________________________________________________

     D-2 SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges

 






              Table_D-2_SoftFont_Kits___________________________________

              SoftFont Order
              Number___________Fonts_________________Modules____________

              LNSFT-AX         CG Times 8, 10, 12    CGTIMES8-10-12

                               CG Times 14, 18       CGTIMES14-18

                               CG Times 24           CGTIMES24

              LNSFT-BX         CG Triumvirate 8,     CGTRIUM8-10-12
                               10, 12

                               CG Triumvirate 14,    CGTRIUM14-18
                               18

                               CG Triumvirate 24     CGTRIUM24

              LNSFT-CX         English Embassy 14,   SCRIPT
                               18

                               ITC Souvenir 8, 10,   ITCSOUV
                               12

              LNSFT-DX         Barcode 3 of 9, 18,   BARCODE
                               36

                               Letter Gothic 10, 14  LETGOTH

                               Mono Swiss 14, 18     SWISS

                               Mono Swiss, 24        SWISS

                               OCR-A, OCR-B 10       OCR

              _________________US_Legal______________MONO_MCS___________

                ________________________Note  ________________________

                The SoftFont kits have been retired and are no
                longer sold. The information above is included for
                reference only.

                _____________________________________________________

                         SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D-3

 









                                                                       E
        ________________________________________________________________

                                          Additional Character Encodings



              This appendix discusses the following topics:

              o  Available encoding vectors, Section E.1

              o  Examples of encoding vectors, Section E.2

              o  Using the additional encodings, Section E.3

              o  Including the DECMCS encoding module in a print job,
                 Section E.4

              o  Defining ISO Latin-1 for third-party printers,
                 Section E.5

        E.1 Available Encoding Vectors

              PostScript provides a character set encoded using the
              Adobe Standard Encoding vector. When a PostScript program
              calls a font, the findfont operator uses this vector to
              associate characters with character codes.

              PostScript also provides the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector,
              named ISOLatin1Encoding, which is the encoding scheme used
              by the ISO Latin Alphabet Number 1 Standard (ISO 8859/1).
              Most PostScript text fonts provide all the characters used
              in the ISO Latin-1 encoding. See the PostScript Printers
              Programmer's Supplement for a list of the characters
              included in the ISO Latin Alphabet Number 1 Standard.

              In addition to Adobe Standard and ISO Latin-1 encodings,
              the DECprint Supervisor software offers the DECMCS (DEC
              Multinational Character Set) encoding. See the PostScript
              Printers Programmer's Supplement for a list of the
              characters included in the DEC Multinational Character
              Set.

                                      Additional Character Encodings E-1

 






           Characters in the ISO Latin-1 and DECMCS encodings do
           not have separate font metrics files (.AFM files). (For
           more information on .AFM files, refer to the PostScript
           Printers Programmer's Supplement.) If you need to look up
           character information in a font metrics file, look up the
           character by its name, not by its encoding.

     E.2 Examples of Encoding Vectors

           Example E-1 demonstrates how to define the DECMCS
           encoding vector. See the PostScript Printers Programmer's
           Supplement for more information about how these encoding
           vectors are defined.

           The encoding vector DECMCSEncoding is defined by changing
           the vector ISOLatin1Encoding.

           Example E-1 Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector

           %! DECMCSEncoding.PS
           %
           % Create DEC Multinational Character Set (MCS) encoding vector.

           /DECMCSEncoding ISOLatin1Encoding 256 array copy def

           mark
             8#177 8#240 8#244 8#246 8#254 8#255 8#256 8#257
             8#264 8#270 8#276 8#320 8#336 8#360 8#376 8#377
           counttomark
           {DECMCSEncoding exch /questionmirror put}
           repeat
           % stack now contains   mark
             8#250 /currency
             8#327 /OE
             8#335 /Ydieresis
             8#367 /oe
             8#375 /ydieresis
           counttomark 2 idiv
           {DECMCSEncoding 3 1 roll put}
           repeat
           % stack now contains   mark
           cleartomark



     E-2 Additional Character Encodings

 






        E.3 Using the Additional Encodings

              To use a character encoding other than the Adobe Standard
              Encoding, follow these steps:

              1. Define a procedure, encodefont for instance, in the
                 prologue of your PostScript program that applies an
                 encoding vector to a font to create a new font. Before
                 invoking findfont, your program calls encodefont to
                 encode the font with the desired encoding vector. The
                 code for encodefont is as follows:

                 /encodefont {
                     findfont dup                % Get the old font dict.
                     maxlength dict begin        % Make a new one just as big.
                     {   1 index /FID ne         % Copy everything but FID.
                         {   def }
                         {   pop pop }
                         ifelse }
                     forall
                     /Encoding exch def          % Install the new encoding.
                     dup /FontName exch def      % New font dict is still current.
                     currentdict definefont      % Create the new font.
                     end
                 } bind def

              2. Create your new font using the encodefont procedure.
                 The procedure takes three arguments:

                 o  Name of the new font

                 o  Encoding vector

                 o  Name of the old font

                 The encodefont procedure creates a new font with the
                 new name and encoding, and returns the new font. Choose
                 any name for your new font. You might choose a name
                 that includes the name of the old font and the encoding
                 vector.

                 You can create and immediately use your new font or
                 you can create the new font and use it later in your
                 program. For example, to create and use a Times-Roman
                 font encoded with ISO Latin-1, use the following code:

                                      Additional Character Encodings E-3

 






              /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding
                      /Times-Roman encodefont
              12 scalefont setfont

              To create and use the font separately in your program,
              use this code:

              /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding
                      /Times-Roman encodefont pop
                 .
                 .
                 .
              /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 findfont 12 scalefont setfont

           To use the DECMCS encoding, you must also include the
           device control library module (LPS$DECMCSENCODING) that
           defines this encoding vector. The LPS$DECMCSENCODING
           module provides encoding vectors only. It does not define
           characters that were undefined in versions of PostScript
           lower than Version 40.

           Example E-1 shows how the DECMCS encoding vector is
           defined.

     E.4 Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a Print Job

           To use the DECMCS encoding modules, specify the following:

           $ PRINT/SETUP=(LPS$DECMCSENCODING) filename.PS

     E.5 Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-Party Printers

           For PostScript printers that use a version of PostScript
           Level 1 lower than Version 40, you may need to define
           an ISO Latin-1 encoding vector to print PostScript files
           that use this encoding. For example, suppose you have a
           PostScript program that requires the ISO Latin-1 encoding
           vector to print on a typesetter that uses an early version
           of PostScript.

           In this case, you can use the encodefont procedure, but
           you also have to define the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector
           in the prologue of your PostScript program. Extract the
           LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module from the device control
           library:

     E-4 Additional Character Encodings

 






              $LIB -
                 /Extract=LPS$ISOLatin1Encoding -
                 /Out=ISOLatin1Encoding.ps -
                 Sys$Library:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB

              The LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module provides encoding vectors
              only. The module does not define characters that were
              undefined in versions of PostScript lower than Version 40.





































                                      Additional Character Encodings E-5

 









                                                                       F
        ________________________________________________________________

                                       Ordering Additional Documentation



              This appendix lists HP software documents and documenta-
              tion kits associated with PostScript printers and their
              order numbers.

        F.1 hp DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for hp OpenVMS

              o  Hardcopy documentation (order number: QA-09NAA-GZ)

                    Software Installation Guide
                    System Manager's Guide
                    User's Guide

              o  CD-ROM documentation and software (order number: QA-
                 09NAB-H8)

                 -  Software

                       HP DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for HP OpenVMS
                       Alpha V2.2
                       HP DECprint Supervisor (DCPS) for HP OpenVMS VAX
                       V2.2

                 -  Documentation

                       Release Notes
                       Software Installation Guide
                       Software Product Description (SPD)
                       System Manager's Guide
                       User's Guide

                    Documentation is provided in the following formats:

                       Bookreader
                       HTML (Hypertext Markup Language)
                       PDF (Acrobat Portable Document Format)
                       PS (PostScript)
                       Text

                                   Ordering Additional Documentation F-1

 






     F.2 DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Level 3 Printing Protocol

           Documentation (order number: EK-PPLV3-DK)

           o  DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level 3
              Programming Reference Manual
              (order number: EK-PPLV3-PM)

           o  DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level 3
              Programming Supplement
              (order number: EK-PPLV3-PS)

     F.3 PostScript Programming

           The following books are published by Adobe Systems
           Incorporated and are among numerous books published about
           the PostScript language.

           o  PostScript Language Reference

           o  PostScript Language Tutorial and Cookbook

           o  PostScript Language Program Design






















     F-2 Ordering Additional Documentation

 











        ________________________________________________________________

                                                                Glossary



              Advanced Server for OpenVMS

              The software product that runs on the OpenVMS Alpha server
              to provide central management of network-wide resources
              and communications for Windows systems.

              ANSI

              Refers to DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level
              3.

              ANSI/sixel file

              A file that contains data stored in ANSI or sixel format,
              such as an LN03 file.

              AppleTalk network system

              A communications environment that provides users with
              such options as sharing files, sharing printers, and
              sending messages. The network devices and software in
              the system use AppleTalk protocols for communicating.
              The design of AppleTalk allows you to select the type of
              transmission media, while retaining the AppleTalk services
              and interface.

              AppleTalk printer

              A printer attached to the AppleTalk network and accessible
              using the AppleTalk protocols, particularly the Printer
              Access Protocol (PAP).

              ASCII

              A file that contains ANSI text data with no escape
              sequences.

                                                              Glossary-1

 






           aspect ratio

           The ratio of page width to page length.

           automatic data type detection

           The process by which the DECprint Supervisor software
           investigates print files to determine the data type of the
           file.

           bitmap

           An image in digitized form that can be stored, transmit-
           ted, and reproduced.

           burst page

           A page printed between print jobs or copies of print
           files, if requested. Useful for separating print jobs
           manually.

           client system

           A network node that runs DECprint Supervisor software to
           access a PrintServer printer.

           command qualifier

           A qualifier that affects the processing of the entire
           command. See also positional qualifier.

           CPAP

           Common Printer Access Protocol. A printer protocol that
           layers upon the TCP/IP and DECnet network protocols and is
           used by DECprint Supervisor to communicate with DIGITAL
           PrintServer printers.

           data syntax

           See data type.

           data type

           The data format of a file to be printed.

           DDIF (DIGITAL Document Interchange Format) file

           A file that contains data stored in the DIGITAL data
           syntax for conveying image data.

     Glossary-2

 






              DECimage

              Image enhancement technology available in some printers,
              for example, the DIGITAL PrinterServer printers and
              DEClaser 5100 printer. This feature gives increased
              clarity, smoothness, and sharpness to graphics. Applicable
              to PostScript images only, it is best applied to
              continuous grayscale images, though it may also be applied
              to synthetic images created with a graphics application.

              DECimage-Lite

              A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software that
              provides a subset of the DECimage image enhancement
              technology through the use of setup modules. See also
              DECimage.)

              DECnet

              DIGITAL networking protocol.

              DECprint Supervisor

              The software product consisting of a print symbiont and
              data type translators for printing on PostScript printers.

              DECserver

              A communications device that allows printers to be
              connected directly to the Ethernet network, providing
              network access for serial-based printers. Network
              protocols offered usually include LAT, and often raw TCP
              /IP.

              device control library

              A library that contains a series of text modules that can
              be sent to the device associated with a queue, to affect
              the behavior of that device.

              desktop printer

              A printer, historically low to medium speed, that is
              accessible through a raw TCP/IP, LAT, or AppleTalk network
              connection or through a direct serial connection to your
              system.

                                                              Glossary-3

 






           device control module

           See setup module.

           device control library

           A library containing a series of text modules that can be
           sent to the device associated with a queue. The modules
           affect device behavior or file printing.

           duplex printing

           Printing on two sides of each sheet of paper.

           execution queue

           The print queue associated with a specific physical
           printing output device.

           facedown

           A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is
           stacked front side down.

           faceup

           A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is
           stacked front side up.

           file extension

           The portion of the file name following the period. In the
           file MYFILE.TXT, the file extension is TXT.

           file separation pages

           Pages printed before and after each file is printed. File
           separation pages can be enabled and disabled with the
           PRINT command. See also job separation pages.

           finisher

           A part of a printer, often optional, that allows print
           jobs to be punched or stapled automatically.

           flag page

           An optional page that precedes each file or job that is
           printed. The flag page contains information about the
           printer and the print job, including any message from the
           PRINT/NOTE qualifier.

     Glossary-4

 






              file type

              See file extension.

              font

              The artistic representation of a typeface that describes
              a set of characters rendered in a particular point size,
              weight, and style.

              font cartridge

              A physical memory cartridge that contains a family of
              fonts, used to add font choices on an LN03 printer
              or DEClaser printer. The DECprint Supervisor software
              emulates this feature using the soft font kits. See also
              soft font.

              font file

              A data file that contains information used to reproduce a
              specific font.

              generic queue

              The logical printer queue that accepts the print job
              from the user and directs it to the appropriate execution
              queue.

              gray-scale

              A method of printing photographs on PostScript printers.

              host

              The computer system that provides services and management
              of printers.

              image file

              A file containing a picture or graphic image to be
              printed.

              job

              The print job.

              job log page

              An optional log page that contains messages from the
              system during printing.

                                                              Glossary-5

 






           job separation pages

           Job burst pages, job flag pages, and job trailer pages,
           optionally available on print queues to record information
           about the print job. Job separation pages are included
           as part of the queue. These pages are useful for manually
           separating printer output.

           landscape orientation

           Paper orientation in which text is read parallel to the
           long side of the paper.

           layup

           A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software that allows
           you to control the mapping of pages to sheets. You can
           control the placement of the pages on the sheet and the
           number of pages to be printed on each sheet.

           layup definition file

           A file stored in a directory defined by DCPS$LAYUP, which
           you may include with your print job to specify page layup.

           logical page

           An indivisible image to be printed.

           network printer

           A printer that is accessible from multiple nodes in the
           same network.

           network printing

           A configuration of printers on a network that allows
           several users to share a printer and to access it from
           network nodes such as PCs and host systems.

           NIC

           Network Interface Card. A hardware device for connecting
           a printer to a network. It may be built into a printer or
           added later as an option. The NIC contains firmware that
           implements various network protocols such as raw TCP/IP,
           AppleTalk and LAT. The protocols offered by the NIC depend
           on its particular features and how it is configured.

     Glossary-6

 






              number-up

              Printing multiple pages on one side of a sheet of paper.

              OpenVMS Alpha

              The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP's Alpha
              processors.

              OpenVMS VAX

              The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP's VAX
              processors. Older versions of OpenVMS VAX were called
              vaxvms.

              page

              A page of data. See also logical page.

              page spot

              The area on a sheet where a page can be printed.
              /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP and /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=GRID
              are used to define the number of page spots on a sheet.

              PATHWORKS

              A collection of software products that provide communica-
              tion, shared resources, and centralized management of PCs
              from a host system, such as OpenVMS.

              PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (V5 Family)

              The PATHWORKS software product that runs on the OpenVMS
              Alpha or VAX server node to provide central management
              of network-wide resources and communications for Windows
              systems. This product has been replaced by Advanced Server
              for OpenVMS and PATHWORKS (Advanced Server).

              PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)

              The PATHWORKS software product that provides OpenVMS
              server software for PATHWORKS for Macintosh configu-
              rations. This software includes the AppleTalk network
              protocol so that an OpenVMS system can be part of an
              AppleTalk network. This product has been retired and is no
              longer supported.

                                                              Glossary-7

 






           PC

           A personal computer that runs either the Windows or DOS
           operating system.

           PCL file

           A file that contains data stored in the HP PCL (Page
           Control Language) data type. The DECprint Supervisor
           includes translator software to translate PCL4 files
           generated for printing on HP's LaserJet IID printer to
           PostScript for printing on PostScript printers.

           point

           A unit of measurement in printing, where 72 points equal 1
           inch.

           portrait orientation

           Paper orientation in which the text is read parallel to
           the short side of the paper.

           positional qualifier

           A qualifier that affects a single part of a command line,
           for example, one file in a print job. See also command
           qualifier.

           PostScript file

           A file in PostScript language, which is designed to convey
           a description of the desired page to the printer and
           may include a combination of text, graphics, and bitmap
           images.

           PostScript printer

           A printer designed to print files in PostScript format.

           print engine

           The internal engine in the printing device.

           print job

           A print request of one or more files and associated print
           requirements.

     Glossary-8

 






              print queue

              The queue in which a print job waits to be printed.

              print server

              A hardware device for connecting a printer to a network,
              usually attached to the printer's parallel port. The
              protocols offered by the print server depend on its
              particular features and how it is configured, but usually
              include raw TCP/IP and AppleTalk, and sometimes LAT.

              PrintServer Software

              The software for managing DIGITAL PrintServer printers.

              PrintServer software remote console

              The PrintServer software that allows the printer to be
              managed from the supporting host.

              print symbiont

              The software that processes the user's print request,
              arranges to have data translated, if required, sends
              the data to the printer, and reports messages from the
              printer.

              printer

              The printing device.

              Proprinter file

              A file created for printing on IBM Proprinter devices.

              raw TCP/IP

              A network protocol that utilizes the TCP/IP protocol
              directly without any additional interpretation of the
              TCP data stream. It is supported by many printer Network
              Interface Cards (NICs), print servers, and terminal
              servers.


                                                              Glossary-9

 






           recto page

           An odd-numbered page in a book. In an open book, the recto
           page is always on the right. For example, page 1 is always
           a recto page. For a single sheet, the recto page is always
           the page on the front of the sheet. Compare with verso
           page.

           ReGIS file

           A file containing graphics data in DIGITAL ReGIS data
           format.

           serial printer

           A printer that is connected to the system by serial
           communications.

           server node

           The host system for managing shared resources in a network
           configuration.

           setup module

           A file in a device control library that is sent to the
           printer before the files in the print job.

           shared network printers

           Printers on the network that are accessible from more than
           one computer (this includes PCs and time-sharing systems).

           sheet

           A physical piece of paper.

           simplex printing

           Printing on one side of each sheet of paper.

           soft font

           PostScript font families that emulate the physical font
           cartridges used in DIGITAL LN03 and DEClaser printers. See
           also font cartridge.

     Glossary-10

 






              SPD

              Software Product Description. This document is supplied
              with HP's software media and documentation kits to
              describe the supported configurations and required
              products for running the software.

              TCP/IP

              The Internet Transmission Control Protocol.

              Tektronix 4010/4014 file

              A data file created by Tektronix 4010 and 4014 systems.

              trailer page

              An optional print job page that follows each file printed.
              The trailer page is often printed even if the print job
              fails, and contains messages to the user explaining the
              reason for the print error.

              translator

              A program that changes the data syntax of the user's file
              to a form that can be output to the printer.

              tumble printing

              A printing method in which the space left for binding
              or hole-punching alternates along the two short edges of
              a sheet. Right-hand pages are printed on the first side
              of a sheet, so blank left-hand pages are inserted where
              necessary.

              usable area

              The area on the page where data may be printed. When
              a page is scaled (enlarged or shrunk), it is scaled to
              fit within the usable area, but the aspect ratio (ratio
              of height to width) is preserved. If this leaves extra
              space on the edge of the page, the page is centered in the
              usable area.


                                                             Glossary-11

 






           verso page

           An even-numbered page in a book. In an open book, the
           verso page is always on the left. For example, page 2 is
           always a verso page. For a single sheet, the verso page
           is always the page on the back of the sheet. Compare with
           recto page.






































     Glossary-12

 













     ________________________________________________________________

                                                                Index


     A                                    /CHARACTERISTICS qualifier,
     ___________________________            B-6
     /AFTER qualifier,  2-2, B-4          /CONFIRM qualifier, B-6
     /ALL_JOBS qualifier,  2-5            Copies, specifying, 1-4
     ALTERNATE layup option,              /COPIES qualifier, 1-4,
        11-4                                B-6
     ANSI escape sequences,  5-6          /CREATED qualifier, B-7
     ANSI files, printing,  5-1
     ANSI printers, emulating,            D__________________________
        5-1                               DATA_TYPE parameter, 7-1,
     ANSI qualifiers,  5-1                  7-6, 8-1, 8-3, 13-4

     B                                    DCPS$DEFAULT form, 12-4
     ___________________________          DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB library,
     /BACKUP qualifier,  B-4                13-1
     /BEFORE qualifier,  B-4              DDIF image files, 6-1
     BORDERS layup option,  11-5          DECcolorwriter 1000 setup
     /BRIEF qualifier,  2-3, 2-5            modules,  13-5
     /BURST qualifier,  14-1,             DECimage
        B-5                                enabling,  13-4
     /BY_JOB_STATUS qualifier,             enhancing resolution,
        2-3, 2-5                              13-4
     /BY_OWNER qualifier,  B-5             setup modules,  13-4

                                          Default form, 12-4
     C__________________________          DEFINE/FORM command, 12-2
     Character encoding                   DELETE/ENTRY command, 2-5
       Adobe standard, E-1                /DELETE qualifier, B-7
       DECMCS, E-1                        Device control library
       font metrics files, E-2             error handler,  16-1
       fonts, E-1                         Documentation
       ISO Latin-1, E-1                    Compaq/DIGITAL PostScript
       using ISO Latin-1 or                   printers,  F-1

         DECMCS,  E-2

                                                              Index-1

 






     Double-spaced printing,              File formats (cont'd)
        B-16                               relative,  1-7
     Duplex printing                       stream,  1-7
       specifying with ANSI                undefined,  1-7
         escape sequences,  5-6            variable length,  1-7
     Duplex printing, specifying          File separation pages
        , 1-2, 10-2                        specifying,  14-1
                                          /FILES qualifier, 2-4, 2-5
     E__________________________          File trailer pages,
     Envelope feeder, specifying            specifying,  14-1
        , 3-3                             FIRSTPAGE layup option,
     ENVELOPE_FEEDER keyword,               11-6
        3-3                               First page spot, setting,
     Error handler,  16-1                   11-6
       example, 16-2                      Flag page, B-9
       including in program,              /FLAG qualifier, 14-1, B-9
         16-1                             Font cartridges, emulating,
       output, 16-3, 16-4                   5-3
       PostScript environment,            Font metrics files,
         16-1                               additional character
     Error messages,  A-1                   encodings,  E-2
       layup definition, A-45 to          FONTS_USED keyword, 5-2,
         A-46                               5-3
     Error notification, for              Form definitions, 12-1
        layup definition errors,           displaying the attributes
        11-15                                 of,  12-2
     Euro symbol                           invoking setup modules
       printing, 5-7                          with,  12-3
     /EXCLUDE qualifier,  B-8              listing,  12-1
     Exit operator, with error             specifying paper stock
        handler, 16-1                         with,  12-4
     /EXPIRED qualifier,  B-8              with ANSI files,  5-2,
                                              12-2
     F__________________________          Form defintions
     /FEED qualifier,  B-8                 default,  12-4
     File burst pages,                    Form feeds, suppressing,
        specifying, 14-1                    5-2
     File flag pages, specifying          /FORM qualifier, 2-5, 5-2,
        , 14-1                              12-1, B-9
     File formats                         Front panel mode, PCL
       binary, 1-7                          translator,  7-5

       fixed, 1-7
       indexed, 1-7

     Index-2

 






        /FULL qualifier, 2-4, 2-5
                                            J__________________________

        G__________________________         Job log page,  17-1

        GRID layup option, 11-8             Job separation pages
                                              not controlled by user,
        H__________________________              14-1
        Header information                  /JOB_COUNT qualifier,  1-4,
         inserting,  5-2                       B-10

         suppressing,  5-2                  L
        /HEADER qualifier, 5-2,             ___________________________
          B-9                               Landscape and duplex
        Headers, B-9                           printing, 10-4
        HELP PRINT_PARAMETER                Landscape and tumble
          command,  17-4                       printing, 10-5
        /HOLD qualifier, 2-2, B-10          Landscape orientation,
        Host software error handler            specifying, 1-2
          ,  16-1                           Layup
                                              error messages,  A-45 to
        I__________________________              A-46
        /IDENTIFY qualifier, B-10           Layup definition file,  8-9
        Image interpreter for                 creating,  11-12
          PrintServer printers,               error notification,  11-15
          6-1                                 examples of,  11-13
        Image printing, 6-1                   including in print jobs,
        Input trays                              11-1
         selecting,  3-1                    Layup options
         specifying for PCL print             ALTERNATE,  11-4
            jobs,  7-8                        BORDERS,  11-5
         specifying for Proprinter            FIRSTPAGE,  11-6
            print jobs,  8-11                 GRID,  11-8
         specifying with                      MARGINS,  11-8
                                              PAGEORDER,  11-9
            PostScript operators,             PAGESPERSHEET,  11-12
            5-4                               specifying,  11-1
        INPUT_TRAY parameter, 3-1           LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter,
        ISO Latin1 encoding, E-3               11-1
         for third-party printers,          /LENGTH qualifier,  12-3
            E-4                             LIBRARY/EXTRACT command,

                                               13-3
                                            LIBRARY/LIST command,  13-1
                                            List data type,  9-1

                                                                 Index-3

 






     List numbering tool,  9-1            Multiple files, printing,
     Log file,  17-1                        1-4
     /LOWERCASE qualifier,  B-10          Multiple PostScript files
     LPS$STATUSDICT.PS file,                with SIDES parameter,
        4-4                                 10-6

     M__________________________          N__________________________

     Macintosh systems                    /NAME qualifier, B-11
       problems with files, 17-4          Native PCL
     Macros, including in PCL              restrictions to print
        print jobs, 7-10                      parameters,  7-4
     Manual feed, selecting,              Native PCL mode
        3-2                                using,  7-1
     MANUAL_FEED keyword,  3-2            /NOFEED qualifier, 5-2
     /MARGIN qualifier,  12-3             /NOTE qualifier, B-11
     Margins                              /NOTIFY qualifier, 17-1,
       suppressing, 5-2                     B-11
     Margins, alternating,  11-4          /[NO]TRUNCATE qualifier,
     MARGINS layup option,  11-8            12-3
     Media                                /[NO]WRAP qualifier, 12-3
       selecting, 10-6                    NUMBER_UP parameter, 1-4,
       specifying, 3-2                      10-7
     Messages                              with input tray selection
       descriptions, A-3 to A-44              operators,  10-8
       facility code, A-1                  with multiple files,  10-8
       format, A-2                         with page orientation,
       interpreting, 17-2                     10-8
       layup definition error,
         A-45 to A-46                     O
       obtaining, B-11                    ___________________________
       operator, A-1                      ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword,
       PRINT/NOTIFY command, A-1            10-2
       receiving, 17-1                    ONE_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword,
       severity level of, A-2               10-2
       system, A-1                        ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword,
     MESSAGES parameter,  17-1              10-2
     /MODIFIED qualifier,  B-11           Operator intervention,
     Multiple copies,  B-6, B-10            B-12
       printing, 1-4                      /OPERATOR qualifier, B-12
       with PAGE_LIMIT parameter          Orientation, specifying,
         ,  10-10                           1-2



     Index-4

 






        Output tray, manual                 /PASSALL qualifier,  5-2,
          selection,  3-4                      B-12
        Output trays, selecting,            PCL files
          3-3                                 avoiding problems with
        OUTPUT_TRAY parameter, 3-3               PJL and TBCP, 7-10
                                              including fonts,  7-10
        P__________________________           including macros,  7-10
        Page grid, setting, 11-8              native PCL mode,  7-13
        Page order, setting, 11-9             native PCL printing and
        PAGEORDER layup option,                  Automatic DATA_TYPE
          11-9                                   detection, 7-12
        Page protection, 18-7                 native PCL restrictions,
        Page sizes                               7-4
         changing,  10-13                     page sizes,  7-3
         specifying,  10-12                   PC driver settings,  7-10
         specifying for PCL print             PJL and TBCP, description
            jobs,  7-3                           of, 7-11
         specifying for Proprinter            preventing problems with
            print jobs,  8-11                    DCPS, 7-11
        PAGESPERSHEET layup option,           preventing problems with
          11-12                                  PostScript, 7-11
        /PAGES qualifier, B-12                printing,  7-1
        PAGE_LIMIT parameter, 1-5,            problems with,  7-12
          10-9                                using setup modules,  7-9
         with duplex print jobs,            PCL translator
            10-11                             front panel mode,  7-5
         with multiple copies,                modifying,  7-3
            10-10                           PCs
        PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter,           problems with files,  17-4
          1-2                               Portrait and tumble
        /PAGE_SETUP qualifier,                 printing, 10-4
          12-3                              Portrait orientation,
        PAGE_SIZE parameter, 3-2,              specifying, 1-2
          7-3, 10-12                        Positional qualifiers
        Parameters                            /COPIES,  B-6
         order of defaulting,  C-4            /FEED,  B-8
         specifying,  C-1                     /PASSALL,  B-12
         syntax,  C-3                       PostScript errors,  17-2
        /PARAMETERS qualifier,              PostScript extension
          B-12                                 operator, 4-4
                                            PostScript files
                                              printer-independent,  4-3
                                              printer-specific,  4-3
                                              printing,  4-1

                                                                 Index-5

 






     PostScript files (cont'd)            Print jobs (cont'd)

       printing multiple, 10-6             restarting,  10-11, B-14
     PostScript operators                  retained,  2-3
       for changing trays, 5-4             retaining,  B-14
       suppressing, 4-4                    stalled,  2-3
     Printable area, changing              stapling,  15-2
        for Proprinter print               submitting for another
        jobs, 8-8                             user,  B-17
     PRINT command                        PRINT parameters
       /NOTIFY qualifier, A-1              list of,  C-1
       parameters, C-1                     order of defaulting,  C-4
       /PARAMETERS qualifier,              specifying,  C-1
         C-1                              PrintServer image
          syntax, C-3                       interpreter,  6-1
     PRINT command qualifiers,            PrintServer printers
        B-1                                problems,  17-4
     Printer documentation,  F-1          /PRIORITY qualifier, B-13
     Printer PCL mode,  7-1               Problems, solving, 17-1
     Printer-specific                     Program listings, printing,
        information, 18-1                   9-1
     Print file, deleting,  B-7           Proprinter files, printing,
     Printing                               8-1, 8-8
       forms, B-9                         PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP
       multiple copies, B-6                 file,  8-9
     Printing problems                    Proprinter print jobs
       solving, 17-1                       including soft fonts in,
     Print jobs                               8-12
       aborting, 2-3                       specifying input trays
       deleting, 2-5                          for,  8-11
       displaying, 2-1                     specifying page sizes
       double-spaced, B-16                    for,  8-11
       duplex with PAGE_LIMIT             Proprinter setup modules,
         parameter,  10-11                  8-12
       finding status, 2-2                Proprinter translator,
       holding, 2-2, B-4, B-10              modifying,  8-3
       listing, 2-1, 2-4                  PS_SUPPLEMENT file, 4-5
       modifying, 2-6                     Punching output, 15-1
       naming, B-11                       PUNCH parameter, 15-1
       pending, 2-2
       printing, 2-2
       priority, B-13
       punching, 15-1
       releasing, 2-6
       remote system, B-13

     Index-6

 






                                            Setup modules (cont'd)
        Q__________________________           for PCL print jobs,  7-9,

        Qualifiers                               7-10
         /PARAMETERS,  C-1                    for Proprinter print
        Queue                                    jobs, 8-12
         specifying,  B-13                    including,  B-15
        Queue default                         locating,  13-1
         forms,  12-4                         printing complex pages on
        /QUEUE qualifier, B-13                   DEClaser 5100, 18-7
        Queues, displaying, 2-4               used with form

                                                 definitions, 12-3
        R__________________________           using in print jobs,  13-1

        Range of pages, printing,           /SETUP qualifier,  12-3,
          1-5, 10-9                            13-1, B-15
        /RELEASE qualifier, 2-2,            Sheet margins, setting,
          2-6                                  11-8
        Remote printer, B-13                Sheet size
        /REMOTE qualifier, B-13               specifying,  10-6
        /REQUEUE qualifier, 2-6             SHEET_COUNT parameter,  1-4
        /RESTART qualifier, B-14            SHEET_SIZE parameter,  3-2,
        /RETAIN qualifier, B-14                10-6, 10-12
                                            SHOW ENTRY command,  2-1,
        S__________________________            2-3
        Separation pages                    SHOW QUEUE command,  2-4
         displaying,  14-2                  SHOW QUEUE/FORM command,
        setbottomtray operator,                12-1
          5-5                               SIDES parameter,  1-2, 10-2
        SET ENTRY command, 2-6                values,  10-2
        setenvelopefeedertray                 with multiple PostScript
          operator,  8-12                        files, 10-6
        setlcittray operator, 5-5           Simplex printing
        setmanualfeedtray operator,           specifying with ANSI
          5-6                                    escape sequences, 5-6
        setpapertray operator, 5-5          /SINCE qualifier,  B-15
        settoptray operator, 5-5,           SoftFont kit,  5-4
          8-12                              Soft fonts
        Setup modules                         for PCL print jobs,  7-9
         custom,  13-2                        including in PCL print
         definition,  13-1                       jobs, 7-10
         displaying the contents              including in Proprinter
            of,  13-3                            print jobs, 8-12
         for DECimage,  13-4                SoftFonts
                                              for ANSI print jobs,  D-1
                                              specifying,  5-2

                                                                 Index-7

 






     /SPACE qualifier,  5-2,              /TRAILER qualifier, 14-1,
        B-16                                B-16
     Spacing, modifying,  5-2             Tumble printing, specifying
     Specifying                             ,  10-2
       PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE           Two-sided printing,
         parameters,  10-13                 specifying,  1-2, 10-2
     STAPLE parameter,  15-2              TWO_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword,
     Stapling output,  15-2                 10-2
     /STOCK qualifier,  12-3              TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword,
     /SUMMARY qualifier,  2-5               10-2

     System messages                      TWO_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword,

       See Messages                         10-2

     T__________________________          U__________________________

     TAB keyword,  5-3                    /USER qualifier, B-17
     Tables, printing,  9-1               /USER_NAME qualifier, 2-4
     Tabs
       modifying, 5-2                     V__________________________
       suppressing, 5-2                   Vector encoding examples,
     Text and PostScript files              E-2
       printing, 4-1
     Text files, printing,  9-1           W
     Trailer pages,  B-16                 ___________________________
                                          /WIDTH qualifier, 12-3


















     Index-8
